UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 	 	
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009	Commission file number: 1-3579	
PITNEY BOWES INC.
 	 	
Incorporated in Delaware	I.R.S. Employer Identification No.	
1 Elmcroft Road, Stamford, Connecticut 06926-0700	06-0495050	
(203) 356-5000	 	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 	 	 	
Title of Each Class	 	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered	

	 	

	
Common Stock, $1 par value per share
$2.12 Convertible Cumulative Preference Stock (no par value)	 	New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange	
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 4% Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock ($50 par value)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes  þ  No  o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes  o  No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  þ  No  o

Indicate by check marks whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files)
Yes  þ  No  o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 	 	 	 	
Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ

As of June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $4,552,929,763 based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Number of shares of common stock, $1 par value, outstanding as of close of business on February 22, 2010: 207,450,919 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) on or before March 31, 2010 and to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 10, 2010, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

1

PITNEY BOWES INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	PAGE	

	
PART I	
 	
ITEM 1.	Business	 	3	
ITEM 1A.	Risk Factors	 	5	
ITEM 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	 	7	
ITEM 2.	Properties	 	7	
ITEM 3.	Legal Proceedings	 	7	
ITEM 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders	 	7	
 	 	 	 	
PART II	
 	
ITEM 5.	Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	 	8	
ITEM 6.	Selected Financial Data	 	10	
ITEM 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	11	
ITEM 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	30	
ITEM 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	 	30	
ITEM 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	 	30	
ITEM 9A.	Controls and Procedures	 	30	
ITEM 9B.	Other Information	 	31	
 	 	 	 	
PART III	
 	
ITEM 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	 	32	
ITEM 11.	Executive Compensation	 	32	
ITEM 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	 	33	
ITEM 13.	Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence	 	33	
ITEM 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	 	33	
 	 	 	 	
PART IV	
 	
ITEM 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	 	34	
SIGNATURES	 	 	37	
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data – Pitney Bowes Inc.	 	38	
2

PITNEY BOWES INC.
P ART I

ITEM 1. – BUSINESS

General

Pitney Bowes Inc. was incorporated in the state of Delaware on April 23, 1920, as the Pitney Bowes Postage Meter Company. Today, Pitney Bowes Inc. is the largest provider of mail processing equipment and integrated mail solutions in the world. In the report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” or “Company” are used to refer collectively to Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries.

We offer a full suite of equipment, supplies, software and services for end-to-end mailstream solutions which enable our customers to optimize the flow of physical and electronic mail, documents and packages across their operations.

We operate in two business groups: Mailstream Solutions and Mailstream Services. We operate both inside and outside the United States. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information concerning revenue, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and identifiable assets, by reportable segment and geographic area.

For more information about us, our products, services and solutions, visit www.pb.com. Also, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments or exhibits to those reports will be made available, free of charge through our Investor Relations section of our website at  www.pb.com/investorrelations , as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the Commission.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. You may access and read our SEC filings over the Internet at the SEC’s website at  http://www.sec.gov . This uniform resource locator is an inactive textual reference only and is not intended to incorporate the contents of the SEC website into this Form 10-K.

You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. You may also request copies of the documents that we file with the SEC by writing to the SEC’s Office of Public Reference at the above address, at prescribed rates. Please call the SEC at (800) 732-0330 for further information on the operations of the Public Reference Room and copying charges.

Business Segments

We conduct our business activities in seven reporting segments within two business groups, Mailstream Solutions and Mailstream Services. The principal products and services of each of our reporting segments are as follows:
 	 	 	
Mailstream Solutions:	
 	 	 	
 	 	U.S. Mailing: Includes the U.S. revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental and financing of our mail finishing, mail creation, shipping equipment and software; supplies; support and other professional services; and payment solutions.	
 	 	 	
 	 	International Mailing: Includes the non-U.S. revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental and financing of our mail finishing, mail creation, shipping equipment and software; supplies; support and other professional services; and payment solutions.	
 	 	 	
 	 	Production Mail: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale, financing, support and other professional services of our high-speed, production mail systems and sorting equipment.	
 	 	 	
 	 	Software: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale and support services of non-equipment-based mailing, customer communication and location intelligence software.	
 	 	 	
Mailstream Services:	
 	 	 	
 	 	Management Services: Includes worldwide facilities management services; secure mail services; reprographic, document management services; and litigation support and eDiscovery services.	
 	 	 	
 	 	Mail Services: Includes presort mail services and cross-border mail services.	
 	 	 	
 	 	Marketing Services: Includes direct marketing services for targeted customers.	
3

Support Services

We maintain extensive field service organizations to provide servicing for customers’ equipment, usually in the form of annual maintenance contracts.

Marketing

Our products and services are marketed through an extensive network of direct sales offices in the U.S. and through a number of our subsidiaries and independent distributors and dealers in many countries throughout the world. We also use direct marketing, outbound telemarketing and the Internet to reach our existing and potential customers. We sell to a variety of business, governmental, institutional and other organizations. We have a broad base of customers, and we are not dependent upon any one customer or type of customer for a significant part of our revenue. We do not have significant backlog or seasonality relating to our businesses.

Credit Policies

We establish credit approval limits and procedures at regional, divisional, subsidiary and corporate levels based on the credit quality of the customer and the type of product or service provided to control risk in extending credit to customers. In addition, we utilize an automatic approval program (AAP) for certain leases within our internal financing operations. The AAP program is designed to facilitate low dollar transactions by utilizing historical payment patterns and losses realized for customers with common credit characteristics. The program dictates the criteria under which we will accept a customer without performing a more detailed credit investigation. The AAP considers criteria such as maximum equipment cost, a customer’s time in business and payment experience with us. We base our credit decisions primarily on a customer’s financial strength.

We monitor the portfolio closely by analyzing industry sectors, delinquency trends by product line and exposures to ensure reserve levels and credit policies reflect current trends to proactively manage risk. During the current economic cycle, management continues to closely monitor credit lines, strengthen collection resources, and revise credit policies as necessary to be more selective in managing the portfolio.

Competition

We are a leading supplier of products and services in the large majority of our business segments. Our meter base and our continued ability to place and finance meters in key markets is a significant contributor to our current and future revenue and profitability. However, all of our segments face competition from a number of companies. In particular, we face competition for new placements of mailing equipment from other postage meter and mailing machine suppliers, and our mailing products, services and software face competition from products and services offered as alternative means of message communications. Leasing companies, commercial finance companies, commercial banks and other financial institutions compete, in varying degrees, in the markets in which our finance operations do business. Our competitors range from very large, diversified financial institutions to many small, specialized firms. We offer a complete line of products and services as well as a variety of finance and payment offerings to our customers. We finance the majority of our products through our captive financing business and we are a major provider of business services to the corporate, financial services, professional services and government markets, competing against national, regional and local firms specializing in facilities and document management throughout the world.

We believe that our long experience and reputation for product quality, and our sales and support service organizations are important factors in influencing customer choices with respect to our products and services.

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

Our significant investment in research and development operations differentiates us from our competitors. We have many research and development programs that are directed toward developing new products and service offerings. As a result of our research and development efforts, we have been awarded a number of patents with respect to several of our existing and planned products. We do not believe our businesses are materially dependent on any one patent or any group of related patents or on any one license or any group of related licenses. Our expenditures for research and development were $182 million, $206 million and $186 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

4

Material Suppliers

We depend on third-party suppliers for a variety of services, components, supplies and a large portion of our product manufacturing. We believe we have adequate sources for our purchases of materials, components, services and supplies for products that we manufacture or assemble.

Regulatory Matters

We are subject to the U.S. Postal Service’s (USPS) regulations and those of foreign postal authorities, related to product specifications and business practices involving our postage meters. From time to time, we will work with these governing bodies to help in the enhancement and growth of mail and the mail channel. See “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 of this Form 10-K.

Employees and Employee Relations

At December 31, 2009, we employed 23,465 persons in the U.S. and 9,539 persons outside the U.S. Headcount decreased in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily due to our restructuring activities. We believe that our current relations with employees are good. The large majority of our employees are not represented by any labor union. Our management follows the policy of keeping employees informed of decisions, and encourages and implements employee suggestions whenever practicable.

Executive Officers

See Part III, Item 10. “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Form 10-K for information about Executive Officers of the Registrant.

ITEM 1A. – RISK FACTORS

In addition to other information and risk disclosures contained in this Form 10-K, the risk factors discussed in this section should be considered in evaluating our business. We work to manage and mitigate these risks proactively, including through our use of an enterprise risk management program. In our management of these risks, we also evaluate the potential for additional opportunities to mitigate these risks. Nevertheless, the following risks, some of which may be beyond our control, could materially impact our brand and reputation or results of operations or could cause future results to differ materially from our current expectations:

Postal regulations and processes

The majority of our revenue is directly or indirectly subject to regulation and oversight by the USPS and foreign postal authorities. We also depend on a healthy postal sector in the geographic markets where we do business, which could be influenced positively or negatively by legislative or regulatory changes in the United States, another country or in the European Union. Our profitability and revenue in a particular country could be affected by adverse changes in postal regulations, the business processes and practices of individual posts, the decision of a post to enter into particular markets in direct competition with us, and the impact of any of these changes on postal competitors that do not use our products or services. These changes could affect product specifications, service offerings, customer behavior and the overall mailing industry.

Accelerated decline in use of physical mail

Changes in our customers’ communication behavior, including changes in communications technologies, could adversely impact our revenue and profitability. Accelerated decline in physical mail could also result from government actions such as executive orders, legislation or regulations that either mandate electronic substitution, prohibit certain types of mailings, increase the difficulty of using information or materials in the mail, or impose higher taxes or fees on mailing or postal services. While we have introduced various product and service offerings as alternatives to physical mail, we face competition from existing and emerging products and services that offer alternative means of communication, such as email and electronic document transmission technologies. An accelerated increase in the acceptance of electronic delivery technologies or other displacement of physical mail could adversely affect our business.

Reduced confidence in the mail system

Unexpected events such as the transmission of biological or chemical agents, or acts of terrorism could have a negative effect on customer confidence in a postal system and as a result adversely impact mail volume. An unexpected and significant interruption in the use of the mail could have an adverse effect on our business.

5

Dependence on third-party suppliers

We depend on third-party suppliers for a variety of services, components, supplies and a portion of our product manufacturing. In certain instances, we rely on single sourced or limited sourced suppliers around the world because the relationship is advantageous due to quality or price or there are no alternative sources. If production or service was interrupted and we were not able to find alternate suppliers, we could experience disruptions in manufacturing and operations including product shortages, an increase in freight costs, and re-engineering costs. This could result in our inability to meet customer demand, damage our reputation and customer relationships and adversely affect our business.

Access to additional liquidity and current market volatility

We provide financing services to our customers for equipment, postage, and supplies. Our ability to provide these services is largely dependent upon our continued access to the U.S. capital markets. An additional source of liquidity for the company consists of deposits held in our wholly-owned industrial loan corporation, Pitney Bowes Bank (“Bank”). A significant credit ratings downgrade, material capital market disruptions, significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, or adverse changes to our industrial loan charter could impact our ability to maintain adequate liquidity, and impact our ability to provide competitive offerings to our customers.

The capital and credit markets have experienced continued volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on stock prices and credit capacity for certain issuers. A portion of Pitney Bowes’ total borrowings has been issued in the commercial paper markets. While Pitney Bowes has continued to have unencumbered access to the commercial paper markets, there can be no assurance that such markets will continue to be a reliable source of short-term financing for us. If market conditions deteriorate, there may be no assurance that other funding sources would be available or sufficient.

Privacy laws and other related regulations

Several of our services and financing businesses use, process and store customer information that could include confidential, personal or financial information. We also provide third party benefits administrators with access to our employees’ personal information. Privacy laws and similar regulations in many jurisdictions where we do business, as well as contractual provisions, require that we and our benefits administrators take significant steps to safeguard this information. Failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations or contract provisions could adversely affect our reputation and business and subject us to significant liability.

Dependence on information systems

Our portfolio of product, service and financing solutions increases our dependence on information technologies. We maintain a secure system to collect revenue for certain postal services, which is critical to enable both our systems and the postal systems to run reliably. The continuous and uninterrupted performance of our systems is critical to our ability to support and service our customers and to support postal services. Although we maintain back-up systems, these systems could be damaged by acts of nature, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, vandalism and other unexpected events. If our systems were disrupted, we could be prevented from fulfilling orders and servicing customers and postal services, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business.

Intellectual property infringement

We rely on copyright, trade secret, patent and other intellectual property laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries to establish and protect proprietary rights that are important to our business. If we fail to enforce our intellectual property rights, our business may suffer. We, or our suppliers, may be subject to third-party claims of infringement on intellectual property rights. These claims, if successful, may require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain of our products .

Litigation and regulation

Our results may be affected by the outcome of legal proceedings and other contingencies that cannot be predicted with certainty. As a large multi-national corporation that does business globally, subsequent developments in legal proceedings, including private civil litigations or proceedings brought by governmental entities, or changes in laws or regulations or their interpretation or administration, including developments in antitrust law or regulation, employment law or regulation, financial regulation, tax law and regulation, class actions, or intellectual property litigations, could result in an adverse effect on our results of operations. For a description of current legal proceedings and regulatory matters, see “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 of this Form 10-K.

6

Government contracts

Many of our contracts are with governmental entities. Government contracts are subject to extensive and complex government procurement laws and regulations, along with regular audits of contract pricing and our business practices by government agencies. If we are found to have violated some provisions of the government contracts, we could be required to provide a refund, pay significant damages, or be subject to contract cancellation, civil or criminal penalties, fines, or debarment from doing business with the government. Any of these events could not only affect us financially but also adversely affect our brand and reputation.

ITEM 1B. – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. – PROPERTIES

Our world headquarters and certain other facilities are located in Stamford, Connecticut. We have approximately 500 facilities that are either leased or owned throughout the U.S. and other countries. Our Mailstream Solutions and Mailstream Services businesses utilize these facilities jointly and separately. We continue to have limited manufacturing and assembly of products in our Danbury, Connecticut and Harlow, United Kingdom locations. We also have two principal research and development facilities in our Shelton, Connecticut and Noida, India locations. We believe that our manufacturing, administrative and sales office properties are adequate for the needs of all of our operations.

ITEM 3. – LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in or party to a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with customers; or disputes with employees. Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, customers or others.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Imagitas, Inc., is a defendant in ten purported class actions filed in six different states. These lawsuits have been coordinated in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida,  In re: Imagitas, Driver’s Privacy Protection Act Litigation (Coordinated, May 28, 2007). Each of these lawsuits alleges that the Imagitas DriverSource program violates the federal Drivers Privacy Protection Act (DPPA). Under the DriverSource program, Imagitas entered into contracts with state governments to mail out automobile registration renewal materials along with third party advertisements, without revealing the personal information of any state resident to any advertiser. The DriverSource program assisted the state in performing its governmental function of delivering these mailings and funding the costs of them. The plaintiffs in these actions are seeking statutory damages under the DPPA. On April 9, 2008, the District Court granted Imagitas’ motion for summary judgment in one of the coordinated cases,  Rine, et al. v. Imagitas, Inc . (United States District Court, Middle District of Florida, filed August 1, 2006). On July 30, 2008, the District Court issued a final judgment in the  Rine  lawsuit and stayed all of the other cases filed against Imagitas pending an appellate decision in  Rine . On August 27, 2008, the  Rine  plaintiffs filed an appeal of the District Court’s decision in the United States Court of Appeals, Eleventh Judicial Circuit (the “Circuit Court”). On December 21, 2009, the Circuit Court affirmed the District Court decision. On January 8, 2010, the Rine plaintiffs filed a petition for rehearing en banc with the Circuit Court.

We expect to prevail in the lawsuits against Imagitas; however, as litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurance in this regard. If the plaintiffs do prevail, the results may have a material effect on our financial position, future results of operations or cash flows, including, for example, our ability to offer certain types of goods or services in the future.

On October 28, 2009, the Company and certain of our current and former officers, were named as defendants in NECA-IBEW Health & Welfare Fund v. Pitney Bowes Inc. et al. ,  a class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut. The complaint asserts claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of those who purchased the common stock of the Company during the period between July 30, 2007 and October 29, 2007 alleging that the company, in essence, missed two financial projections. We believe this case is without merit and intend to defend it vigorously.

ITEM 4. – SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not applicable.

7

PART II
 	 	
ITEM 5. –	MARKET FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES	
Pitney Bowes common stock is traded under the symbol “PBI”. The principal market is the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). Our stock is also traded on the Boston, Chicago, Philadelphia, Pacific and Cincinnati stock exchanges. At January 31, 2010, we had 22,505 common stockholders of record.

On February 3, 2010, our Board of Directors authorized a half-cent increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.365 per share, marking the 28 th  consecutive year that we have increased the dividend on our common stock. This represents a one percent increase and applies to the common stock dividend with a record date of February 19, 2010.

See Equity Compensation Plan Information Table in Item 12 of this Form 10-K for information regarding securities for issuance under our equity compensation plans.

Stock Information

Dividends per common share:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Quarter	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
First	 	$	0.36	 	$	0.35	 	
Second	 	 	0.36	 	 	0.35	 	
Third	 	 	0.36	 	 	0.35	 	
Fourth	 	 	0.36	 	 	0.35	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	1.44	 	$	1.40	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

Quarterly price ranges of common stock as reported on the NYSE:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Quarter	 	High	 	Low	 	High	 	Low	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
First	 	$	27.46	 	$	17.62	 	$	38.35	 	$	32.64	 	
Second	 	$	26.25	 	$	20.71	 	$	39.39	 	$	33.56	 	
Third	 	$	25.57	 	$	20.38	 	$	39.98	 	$	31.20	 	
Fourth	 	$	26.41	 	$	22.44	 	$	33.44	 	$	20.83	 	
Share Repurchases

We periodically repurchase shares of our common stock under a systematic program to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans and for other purposes. This program authorizes repurchases in the open market. We did not repurchase or acquire any shares of our common stock during 2009 in any other manner.

In March 2007, our Board of Directors authorized $300 million for repurchases of outstanding shares of our common stock in the open market. In November 2007, our Board of Directors increased this share repurchase authorization by $365.4 million. We repurchased 6.1 million shares at a total price of $258.8 million during 2007 and 9.2 million shares at a total price of $333.2 million during 2008 under this program. No shares were purchased during 2009, leaving $73.4 million available for future repurchases under this program at December 31, 2009.

Stock Performance Graph

The accompanying graph compares the most recent five-year performance of Pitney Bowes common stock with the Standard and Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Composite Index, and Peer Group Index.

The Peer Group Index is comprised of the following companies: Automatic Data Processing, Inc. (ADP), Diebold, Inc., R.R. Donnelley & Sons Co., DST Systems, Inc., Fedex Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Lexmark International, Inc., Pitney Bowes Inc., United Parcel Service, Inc., and Xerox Corporation. Ikon Office Solutions, Inc., which was previously included in the Peer

8

Group Index, was eliminated from the index for all periods shown since it was acquired by Ricoh Company, Ltd. on November 3, 2008.

Total return for the Peer Group and the S&P 500 Composite Index is based on market capitalization, weighted for each year.

All information is based upon data independently provided to the Company by the Standard & Poor’s Corporation and is derived from their official total return calculation.

The graph shows that on a total return basis, assuming reinvestment of all dividends, $100 invested in the company’s common stock on December 31, 2004 would have been worth $60 on December 31, 2009. By comparison, $100 invested in the S&P 500 Composite Index on December 31, 2004 would have been worth $102 on December 31, 2009. An investment of $100 in the Peer Group on December 31, 2004 would have been worth $120 on December 31, 2009.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Indexed Returns
December 31,	 	

	 	
Company Name / Index	 	2004	 	2005	 	2006	 	2007	 	2008	 	2009	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Pitney Bowes	 	 	100	 	 	94	 	 	106	 	 	90	 	 	63	 	 	60	 	
S&P 500	 	 	100	 	 	105	 	 	121	 	 	128	 	 	81	 	 	102	 	
Peer Group	 	 	100	 	 	103	 	 	123	 	 	128	 	 	95	 	 	120	 	
9

ITEM 6. –     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize selected financial data for the Company, and should be read in conjunction with the more detailed consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Summary of Selected Financial Data
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	2006	 	2005	 	 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	$	5,569,171	 	$	6,262,305	 	$	6,129,795	 	$	5,730,018	 	$	5,366,936	 	 	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	4,875,995	 	 	5,549,128	 	 	5,469,084	 	 	4,815,528	 	 	4,555,268	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	 	 	693,176	 	 	713,177	 	 	660,711	 	 	914,490	 	 	811,668	 	 	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	240,154	 	 	244,929	 	 	280,222	 	 	335,004	 	 	328,597	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	453,022	 	 	468,248	 	 	380,489	 	 	579,486	 	 	483,071	 	 	 	
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of income tax	 	 	(8,109	)	 	(27,700	)	 	5,534	 	 	(460,312	)	 	35,368	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	 	 	444,913	 	 	440,548	 	 	386,023	 	 	119,174	 	 	518,439	 	 	 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	 	21,468	 	 	20,755	 	 	19,242	 	 	13,827	 	 	9,828	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	423,445	 	$	419,793	 	$	366,781	 	$	105,347	 	$	508,611	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders (1):	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	2.09	 	$	2.15	 	$	1.65	 	$	2.54	 	$	2.07	 	 	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.13	)	 	0.03	 	 	(2.07	)	 	0.15	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	2.05	 	$	2.01	 	$	1.68	 	$	0.47	 	$	2.22	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	2.08	 	$	2.13	 	$	1.63	 	$	2.51	 	$	2.04	 	 	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.13	)	 	0.03	 	 	(2.04	)	 	0.15	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	2.04	 	$	2.00	 	$	1.66	 	$	0.47	 	$	2.19	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash dividends on common, preference and preferred stock	 	$	297,555	 	$	291,611	 	$	288,790	 	$	285,051	 	$	284,348	 	 	 	
Cash dividends per share of common stock	 	$	1.44	 	$	1.40	 	$	1.32	 	$	1.28	 	$	1.24	 	 	 	
Average common and potential common shares outstanding	 	 	207,322,440	 	 	209,699,471	 	 	221,219,746	 	 	225,443,060	 	 	232,089,178	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	$	338,895	 	$	379,117	 	$	383,141	 	$	363,258	 	$	331,963	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures	 	$	166,728	 	$	237,308	 	$	264,656	 	$	327,887	 	$	291,550	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance sheet	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	8,533,911	 	$	8,810,236	 	$	9,465,731	 	$	8,527,331	 	$	10,553,957	 	 	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	4,213,640	 	$	3,934,865	 	$	3,802,075	 	$	3,847,617	 	$	3,849,623	 	 	 	
Total debt	 	$	4,439,662	 	 	4,705,366	 	$	4,755,842	 	$	4,338,157	 	$	4,707,365	 	 	 	
Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders’ equity in subsidiaries)	 	$	296,370	 	$	374,165	 	$	384,165	 	$	384,165	 	$	310,000	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) (2)	 	$	13,663	 	$	(286,779	)	$	561,269	 	$	617,155	 	$	1,282,215	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stockholders of record	 	 	22,911	 	 	21,914	 	 	21,574	 	 	22,923	 	 	23,639	 	 	 	
Total employees	 	 	33,004	 	 	35,140	 	 	36,165	 	 	34,454	 	 	34,165	 	 	 	
(1) The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding.

(2) Stockholders’ equity (deficit) has been reduced in all periods presented for the impact of an opening retained earnings adjustment of $98.9 million pertaining to prior periods. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

10

 	 	
ITEM 7. –	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) contains statements that are forward-looking. These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially because of some of the factors discussed below and elsewhere in this report.

Forward-Looking Statements

We want to caution readers that any forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in this Form 10-K may change based on various factors. The future is difficult to predict. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. These forward-looking statements are those which talk about our current expectations as to the future and include, but are not limited to, statements about the transformation initiatives, and amounts, timing and results of possible restructuring charges and future earnings or risks. Words such as “estimate”, “target”, “project”, “plan”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, and similar expressions may identify such forward-looking statements. Some of the factors which could cause future financial performance to differ materially from the expectations as expressed in any forward-looking statement made by or on our behalf include:
 	 	 	
 	•	negative developments in economic conditions, including adverse impacts on customer demand	
 	 	 	
 	•	changes in postal or banking regulations	
 	 	 	
 	•	timely development and acceptance of new products	
 	 	 	
 	•	success in gaining product approval in new markets where regulatory approval is required	
 	 	 	
 	•	successful entry into new markets	
 	 	 	
 	•	mailers’ utilization of alternative means of communication or competitors’ products	
 	 	 	
 	•	our success at managing customer credit risk	
 	 	 	
 	•	our success at managing costs associated with our strategy of outsourcing functions and operations not central to our business	
 	 	 	
 	•	changes in interest rates	
 	 	 	
 	•	foreign currency fluctuations	
 	 	 	
 	•	cost, timing and execution of our transformation plans including any potential asset impairments	
 	 	 	
 	•	regulatory approvals and satisfaction of other conditions to consummation of any acquisitions and integration of recent acquisitions	
 	 	 	
 	•	interrupted use of key information systems	
 	 	 	
 	•	changes in privacy laws	
 	 	 	
 	•	changes in international or national political conditions, including any terrorist attacks	
 	 	 	
 	•	intellectual property infringement claims	
 	 	 	
 	•	impact on mail volume resulting from current concerns over the use of the mail for transmitting harmful biological agents	
 	 	 	
 	•	third-party suppliers’ ability to provide product components, assemblies or inventories	
 	 	 	
 	•	negative income tax adjustments for prior audit years and changes in tax laws or regulations	
 	 	 	
 	•	changes in pension and retiree medical costs	
 	 	 	
 	•	acts of nature	
11

Overview

In 2009, revenue decreased 11% to $5.6 billion due largely to continuing challenging global economic conditions and the negative impact of foreign currency translation which adversely impacted revenue by 2%.

Pitney Bowes Inc. net income was $423 million in 2009 compared with $420 million in 2008 and diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders was $2.04 compared with $2.00 in 2008. Diluted earnings per share was reduced by restructuring charges of 15 cents and 69 cents in 2009 and 2008, respectively. In 2009, diluted earnings per share also included a loss of 6 cents for tax adjustments related to a non-cash charge associated with out-of-the-money stock options that expired during the year, a net loss of 4 cents comprised primarily of accruals for interest and taxes associated with discontinued operations partly offset by the positive impacts of a bankruptcy settlement and expiration of an indemnity agreement, and a 1 cent positive tax adjustment associated with the repricing of leveraged lease transactions. In 2008, diluted earnings per share also included positive tax adjustments of 4 cents related primarily to deferred tax assets associated with certain U.S. leasing transactions and a loss of 13 cents for the accrual of interest and taxes associated with discontinued operations.

A continued global economic downturn resulted in a decline in revenue for the year in six of our seven business segments. Historically, mail volumes have tracked economic conditions and the unprecedented volume decreases in 2009 were indicative of the extent of the economic slowdown. Although there is not a direct correlation between mail volumes and a majority of our revenues, the decline in mail volumes was one of a number of factors that affected our 2009 revenues.

EBIT margins, however, were up in four of our segments from 2008 reflecting our continued cost management actions. We reduced our selling, general and administrative expense by over $170 million during 2009, despite increased pension costs of $14 million when compared to the prior year. In addition, we generated $824 million in cash from operations during 2009. We also reduced our debt by $242 million during 2009.

See “Results of Operations” for 2009, 2008 and 2007 for a more detailed discussion of our results of operations.

Outlook

Economic and business conditions in mail-intensive industries have been weak during the entire year. Sales cycles for most capital purchase decisions by customers remain long. These factors have impacted our financial results, as the sustained economic downturn has had a negative effect on equipment sales and the related high-margin financing, rental, and supplies revenue streams. While the company has been successful in reducing its cost structure across its entire business and is shifting to a more variable cost structure, these actions have not been enough to offset the impact of lower revenue.

We continue to expect our mix of revenue to change, with a greater percentage of revenue coming from diversified revenue streams associated with fully featured smaller systems and a smaller percentage from larger system sales. We expect that our future results will continue to be impacted by changes in global economic conditions and their impact on mail intensive industries. It is not expected that total mail volumes will rebound to prior peak levels in an economic recovery, and future volume trends will continue to be a factor for our businesses.

We are undertaking a series of initiatives that are designed to transform and enhance the way we operate as a global company. In order to enhance our responsiveness to changing market conditions, we are executing a strategic transformation program designed to create improved processes and systems to further enable us to invest in future growth in areas such as our global customer interactions and product development processes. This program is expected to continue into 2012 and will result in the reduction of up to 10 percent of the positions in the company. We expect the total pre-tax cost of this program will be in the range of $250 million to $350 million primarily related to severance and benefit costs incurred in connection with such workforce reductions. Most of the total pre-tax costs will be cash-related charges. Currently, we are targeting annualized benefits, net of system and related investments, in the range of at least $150 million to $200 million on a pre-tax basis. These costs and the related benefits will be recognized as different actions are approved and implemented, with the goal of reaching the full benefit run rate in 2012.

12

Results of Operations 2009 Compared to 2008

Business segment results

The following table shows revenue and earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”) in 2009 and 2008 by business segment. We use EBIT, a non-GAAP measure, to determine our segment profitability. Refer to the reconciliation of segment amounts to income from continuing operations before income taxes in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Prior year results have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail on these changes.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Revenue	 	EBIT	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2009	 	2008	 	% change	 	2009	 	2008	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	2,016	 	$	2,250	 	 	(10	)%	$	743	 	$	890	 	 	(17	)%	
International Mailing	 	 	920	 	 	1,134	 	 	(19	)%	 	128	 	 	185	 	 	(31	)%	
Production Mail	 	 	526	 	 	616	 	 	(15	)%	 	51	 	 	82	 	 	(37	)%	
Software	 	 	346	 	 	400	 	 	(14	)%	 	38	 	 	28	 	 	32	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	3,808	 	 	4,400	 	 	(13	)%	 	960	 	 	1,185	 	 	(19	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	1,061	 	 	1,172	 	 	(9	)%	 	72	 	 	70	 	 	3	%	
Mail Services	 	 	559	 	 	542	 	 	3	%	 	83	 	 	69	 	 	20	%	
Marketing Services	 	 	141	 	 	148	 	 	(5	)%	 	23	 	 	21	 	 	8	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	1,761	 	 	1,862	 	 	(5	)%	 	178	 	 	160	 	 	11	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	5,569	 	$	6,262	 	 	(11	)%	$	1,138	 	$	1,345	 	 	(15	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions revenue decreased 13% to $3.8 billion and EBIT decreased 19% to $960 million, compared to the prior year. Within Mailstream Solutions:

U.S. Mailing’s revenue decreased 10% primarily due to fewer placements of mailing equipment and related financing and rental revenues as customers continued to delay purchases of new equipment and extend leases on existing equipment due to the economic conditions. Revenue was adversely affected by lower business activity levels and the ongoing changing mix to more fully featured smaller systems. Lease extensions have a positive impact on profit margins longer-term but negatively impact revenue in the current year. As a result of lower business activity levels over the prior year, U.S. Mailing’s EBIT decreased 17% principally due to lower equipment sales, financing revenue, meter rentals, and supplies sales.

International Mailing revenue decreased 19%, with 8% of this decline driven by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation. The international economic environment continued to create weaker demand for our products and services. As a result, many customers delayed making purchase decisions for new mailing systems and lower mail volume reduced supplies revenue. International Mailing’s EBIT declined 31%, primarily driven by lower levels of equipment and supplies sales, and lower financing revenues.

Revenue for Production Mail decreased 15% primarily as a result of lower equipment sales in the U.S., France, and Asia Pacific as economic uncertainty continues to delay large-ticket capital expenditures for many large enterprises worldwide. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of 2%. Production Mail’s EBIT decreased 37% driven by lower revenues and a shift in product mix to lower margin products.

Software’s revenue decreased 14%, with 4% of this decline driven by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation. Worldwide consolidation in the financial services industry and slowness in the retail sector continued to adversely impact the sales and renewal of software licenses. Uncertainty surrounding the economy has resulted in many large multi-national organizations changing their approval policies for capital expenditures, which has lengthened the sales cycle. Software’s EBIT increased to $38 million compared to $28 million in the prior year due to business integration and productivity initiatives which resulted in substantial EBIT margin improvements. This helped offset the pressure on margin due to lower revenue and a higher mix of some lower margin software sales.

13

Mailstream Services revenue decreased 5% to $1.8 billion. However, EBIT increased 11% to $178 million, compared to the prior year. Within Mailstream Services:

Management Services revenue decreased 9%, of which 2% was driven by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation. The segment’s revenue was adversely affected by lower business activity and decreased print and transaction volumes throughout the U.S. and Europe. Management Services EBIT, however, increased by 3% primarily due to productivity enhancements that have improved the profitability of the operations globally.

Mail Services revenue increased 3% mostly due to the impact of 2008 acquisitions which contributed 4% but was partly offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation of 1%. Expansion of the customer base and continued growth in mail processed drove a slight increase in revenue for the year. Mail Services EBIT increased by 20% driven by the integration of Mail Services sites acquired last year and ongoing automation and productivity initiatives implemented by the business.

Marketing Services revenue decreased 5%, mostly due to the impact of fewer household moves during the year and the resulting decline in the volume of change of address kits mailed. Marketing Services EBIT increased 8% due to an improving cost structure and the exit from the motor vehicle registration services program.

Revenue by source
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2009	 	2008	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Equipment sales	 	$	1,007	 	$	1,252	 	 	(20	)%	
Supplies	 	 	336	 	 	392	 	 	(14	)%	
Software	 	 	365	 	 	424	 	 	(14	)%	
Rentals	 	 	647	 	 	728	 	 	(11	)%	
Financing	 	 	695	 	 	773	 	 	(10	)%	
Support services	 	 	714	 	 	769	 	 	(7	)%	
Business services	 	 	1,805	 	 	1,924	 	 	(6	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	5,569	 	$	6,262	 	 	(11	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Equipment sales revenue decreased 20% compared to the prior year due to lower placements of mailing equipment as more customers have delayed purchases of new equipment and extended their leases on existing equipment due to the global economic conditions. Revenue also continues to be adversely affected by the ongoing changing mix in equipment placements to smaller, fully featured systems. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of 3%.

Supplies revenue decreased 14% compared to the prior year due to lower supplies usage resulting from lower mail volumes and fewer installed meters due to customer consolidations in the U.S. and internationally. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of 3%.

Software revenue decreased 14% compared to the prior year primarily due to the impact of the global economic slowdown which has caused many businesses to delay their capital spending worldwide. Worldwide consolidation in the financial services industry and slowness in the retail sector have also adversely impacted sales and renewals of software licenses. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of 4%.

Rentals revenue decreased 11% compared to the prior year as customers in the U.S. continue to downsize to smaller, fully featured machines. The weak economic conditions have also impacted our international rental markets, specifically in Canada and France. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of 1%.

Financing revenue decreased 10% compared to the prior year. Lower equipment sales over prior periods have resulted in a decline in both our U.S. and international lease portfolios. Foreign currency translation had an unfavorable impact of 2%.

Support services revenue decreased 7% compared to the prior year, principally due to lower revenues in Canada, the U.S. and the U.K. due to lower new equipment placements and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation of 3%.

Business services revenue decreased 6% compared to the prior year. Lower volumes at Management Services and Marketing Services offset the impact of an increase in mail processed at Mail Services. The unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation of 2% was partly offset by the positive impact of acquisitions which contributed 1%.

14

Costs and expenses
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Percentage of Revenue	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2009	 	2008	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cost of equipment sales	 	$	530	 	$	663	 	 	52.7	%	 	53.0	%	
Cost of supplies	 	$	94	 	$	104	 	 	27.9	%	 	26.5	%	
Cost of software	 	$	82	 	$	101	 	 	22.5	%	 	23.9	%	
Cost of rentals	 	$	159	 	$	154	 	 	24.5	%	 	21.1	%	
Financing interest expense	 	$	98	 	$	110	 	 	14.1	%	 	14.3	%	
Cost of support services	 	$	393	 	$	448	 	 	55.0	%	 	58.3	%	
Cost of business services	 	$	1,382	 	$	1,486	 	 	76.6	%	 	77.2	%	
Selling, general and administrative	 	$	1,801	 	$	1,971	 	 	32.3	%	 	31.5	%	
Research and development	 	$	182	 	$	206	 	 	3.3	%	 	3.3	%	
Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of revenue was 52.7% in 2009 compared with 53.0% in the prior year, primarily due to the positive impacts of ongoing productivity improvements, partly offset by a higher mix of lower margin sales.

Cost of supplies as a percentage of revenue was 27.9% in 2009 compared with 26.5% in the prior year due to a greater mix of non-ink supplies in U.S Mailing.

Cost of software as a percentage of revenue was 22.5% in 2009 compared with 23.9% in the prior year due to business integration initiatives and productivity investments, which more than offset the impact of lower revenue levels.

Cost of rentals as a percentage of revenue was 24.5% in 2009 compared with 21.1% in the prior year primarily due to the fixed costs of meter depreciation on lower revenues.

Financing interest expense as a percentage of revenue was 14.1% in 2009 compared with 14.3% in the prior year due to lower interest rates and lower average borrowings. In computing our financing interest expense, which represents our cost of borrowing associated with the generation of financing revenues, we assumed a 10:1 leveraging ratio of debt to equity and applied our overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables.

Cost of support services as a percentage of revenue was 55.0% in 2009 compared with 58.3% in the prior year. Margin improvements in our International Mailing, U.S. Mailing and Production Mail segments were driven by the positive impacts of ongoing productivity investments and price increases on service contracts in Production Mail.

Cost of business services as a percentage of revenue was 76.6% in 2009 compared with 77.2% in the prior year. This improvement is due to the positive impacts of cost reduction programs at our Management Services and Mail Services businesses, partly offset by lower transaction volumes in our Management Services business.

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses as a percentage of revenue was 32.3% in 2009 compared with 31.5% in the prior year. SG&A expense declined $170 million or 9%, primarily as a result of our cost reduction initiatives and the positive impact of foreign currency translation of 3%. However, the impact of lower revenue, increased pension costs of $14 million and higher credit loss expenses of $9 million more than offset these benefits on a percentage of revenue basis.

Research and development expenses decreased $23 million or 11%, in 2009 from the prior year due to the transition and related benefits from our move to offshore development activities. Foreign currency translation also had a positive impact of 3%. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses were 3.3% for 2009 and 2008 as we continue to invest in developing new technologies and enhancing our products.

Other interest expense
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2009	 	2008	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	111	 	$	119	 	 	(7	)%	
Other interest expense decreased $8 million or 7% in 2009 compared to the prior year due to lower interest rates and lower average borrowings.

15

We do not allocate other interest expense to our business segments.

Income taxes / effective tax rate
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	34.6	%	 	34.3	%	
The effective tax rate for 2009 included $13 million of tax charges related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock, offset by $13 million of tax benefits from retirement of inter-company obligations and the repricing of leveraged lease transactions. The write-off of deferred tax assets will not require the payment of any taxes. The effective tax rate for 2008 included $12 million of tax increases related to the low tax benefit associated with restructuring expenses recorded during 2008, offset by adjustments of $10 million related to deferred tax assets associated with certain U.S. leasing transactions. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Discontinued operations
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Pre-tax income	 	$	21	 	$	—	 	
Tax provision	 	 	(29	)	 	(28	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(8	)	$	(28	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The 2009 net loss includes $10 million of pre-tax income ($6 million net of tax) for a bankruptcy settlement received during 2009 and $11 million of pre-tax income ($7 million net of tax) related to the expiration of an indemnity agreement associated with the sale of a former subsidiary. This income was more than offset by the accrual of interest on uncertain tax positions. The 2008 net loss of $28 million includes an accrual of tax and interest on uncertain tax positions. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2009	 	2008	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	21	 	$	21	 	 	3	%	
Noncontrolling interests includes dividends paid to preferred stockholders in subsidiary companies. 2009 included an expense of $3 million associated with the redemption of $375 million of variable term voting preferred stock during the year. 2008 included a net expense of $2 million associated with the redemption of $10 million of 9.11% Cumulative Preferred Stock. See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Results of Operations 2008 Compared to 2007

Business segment results

The following table shows revenue and earnings before interest and taxes (“EBIT”) in 2008 and 2007 by business segment. We use EBIT, a non-GAAP measure, to determine our segment profitability. Refer to the reconciliation of segment amounts to income from continuing operations before income taxes in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Results have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail on these changes.

16

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Revenue	 	EBIT	 	

	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2008	 	2007	 	% change	 	2008	 	2007	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	2,250	 	$	2,409	 	(7	)%	$	890	 	$	967	 	(8	)%	
International Mailing	 	 	1,134	 	 	1,070	 	6	%	 	185	 	 	162	 	14	%	
Production Mail	 	 	616	 	 	623	 	(1	)%	 	82	 	 	74	 	10	%	
Software	 	 	400	 	 	326	 	23	%	 	28	 	 	37	 	(23	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	4,400	 	 	4,428	 	(1	)%	 	1,185	 	 	1,240	 	(4	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	1,172	 	 	1,135	 	3	%	 	70	 	 	76	 	(8	)%	
Mail Services	 	 	542	 	 	441	 	23	%	 	69	 	 	57	 	22	%	
Marketing Services	 	 	148	 	 	126	 	18	%	 	21	 	 	7	 	205	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	1,862	 	 	1,702	 	9	%	 	160	 	 	140	 	15	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	6,262	 	$	6,130	 	2	%	$	1,345	 	$	1,380	 	(3	)%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions revenue decreased 1% to $4.4 billion and EBIT decreased 4% to $1.2 billion, compared to the prior year. Within Mailstream Solutions:

U.S. Mailing’s revenue decreased 7% due to lower equipment placements, rental revenue, and lower financing revenue. The lower equipment revenues were driven in part by the prior year benefits from the sale of mailing equipment shape-based upgrade kits and by customer buying decisions influenced by uncertainty created by weak economic conditions. U.S. Mailing’s EBIT decreased 8% principally due to the lower revenue growth, but was partly offset by positive impacts of our ongoing actions to reduce costs and streamline operations.

International Mailing’s revenue grew by 6% and benefited 2% from favorable foreign currency translation and 1% from acquisitions. Revenue growth benefited from strong growth in France, Germany, Norway and other parts of Europe as well as in Latin America; and continued growth in supplies. International Mailing’s EBIT grew 14% as improved EBIT margins resulted from the Company’s actions over the last two years to reduce costs through the outsourcing of manufacturing and the consolidation of back office operations.

Worldwide revenue for Production Mail decreased 1% due to lower equipment sales in the U.S., parts of Europe and Latin America as economic uncertainty slowed large-ticket capital expenditures by many large enterprises worldwide. This decrease was partly offset by continued strong demand in the U.K. and France for high-speed, intelligent inserting systems. Production Mail’s EBIT increased 10% due to ongoing actions to reduce administrative costs and improve gross margins in anticipation of a slowing capital investment environment.

Software revenue increased 23% from prior year, driven by the positive impact of acquisitions of 20%. Software sales increased outside of the U.S., but declined within the U.S. driven by the economic uncertainty, which has resulted in fewer large-ticket licensing deals than in the prior year as customers assess the overall business environment. Software’s EBIT decreased 23% primarily due to the lower revenues in the U.S., product mix and the planned investments in the expansion of the Company’s distribution channel and globalization of its research and development infrastructure.

Mailstream Services revenue increased 9% to $1.9 billion and EBIT increased 15% to $160 million, compared to the prior year. Within Mailstream Services:

Management Services revenue grew 3% driven by acquisitions, which contributed 6% to segment revenue growth. The segment’s revenue growth was partially offset by lower print and transaction volumes for some customers, especially in the U.S. financial services sector. Management Services EBIT decreased 8% due to weakness in our management services businesses outside the U.S., particularly in the U.K. and Germany. These decreases were partially offset by actions taken to reduce the fixed cost structure of its U.S. operations.

Mail Services revenue grew 23% due to continued growth in presort and international mail services of 14% and acquisitions, which contributed 10% to segment revenue growth. Mail Services EBIT increased 22% as a result of operating leverage from an increase in mail volume and increased operating efficiency, partly offset by the integration costs associated with acquisitions in the U.S. and U.K.

Marketing Services revenue grew 18% driven primarily by higher volumes in our mover-source program, partially offset by the company’s planned phased exit from the motor vehicle registration services program. Marketing Services EBIT increased to $21

17

million in 2008 from $7 million in 2007 driven by higher volumes in the Company’s mover-source program and its phased exit from the motor vehicle registration services program.

Revenue by source
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2008	 	2007	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Equipment sales	 	$	1,252	 	$	1,336	 	(6	)%	
Supplies	 	 	392	 	 	393	 	—	%	
Software	 	 	424	 	 	346	 	23	%	
Rentals	 	 	728	 	 	739	 	(1	)%	
Financing	 	 	773	 	 	790	 	(2	)%	
Support services	 	 	769	 	 	761	 	1	%	
Business services	 	 	1,924	 	 	1,765	 	9	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	6,262	 	$	6,130	 	2	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	 	
Equipment sales revenue decreased 6% compared to the prior year. Lower sales of equipment in U.S. Mailing were primarily due to the postal rate case in 2007, which resulted in incremental sales of mailing equipment shape-based upgrade kits during that period and pulled sales forward from 2008, weakening global economic conditions, and product shift toward smaller, fully featured postage machines. International sales revenue, excluding the positive impact from foreign currency of 2% and acquisitions of 2%, increased 2% principally due to a postal rate change in the first quarter of 2008 in France, combined with higher equipment placements throughout Europe. Foreign currency translation contributed an overall favorable impact of 1% to equipment sales revenue.

Supplies revenue in 2008 was flat compared to the prior year. The decline of supplies revenue in the U.S was due to lower volumes, offset by an increase in supplies revenue in Europe as our customers continue to migrate to digital technology. Foreign currency translation contributed 1% to supplies revenue.

Software revenue increased by 23% from the prior year primarily driven by acquisitions which contributed 19% to revenue growth and strong international demand for our location intelligence and customer communication software solutions. Foreign currency translation had a negative impact of 2%.

Rentals revenue decreased 1% compared to the prior year. Favorable foreign currency translation of 1% and higher demand in France were offset by lower revenue in the U.S., as our customers continue to downsize to smaller, fully featured machines.

Financing revenue decreased 2% compared to the prior year. Lower equipment sales have resulted in a corresponding decline in the U.S. lease portfolio.

Support services revenue increased 1% from the prior year primarily due to the favorable impact of foreign currency translation of 1%. Renewals and pricing increases offset the impact of customers down-sizing their equipment.

Business services revenue increased 9% from the prior year, of which acquisitions contributed 7%. The additional growth was driven by higher revenues in Mail Services and Marketing Services, partly offset by lower transaction volumes in Management Services.

Costs and expenses
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Percentage of Revenue	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2008	 	2007	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cost of equipment sales	 	$	663	 	$	697	 	53.0	%	52.2	%	
Cost of supplies	 	$	104	 	$	107	 	26.5	%	27.1	%	
Cost of software	 	$	101	 	$	82	 	23.9	%	23.7	%	
Cost of rentals	 	$	154	 	$	171	 	21.1	%	23.2	%	
Financing interest expense	 	$	110	 	$	127	 	14.3	%	16.0	%	
Cost of support services	 	$	448	 	$	433	 	58.3	%	56.9	%	
Cost of business services	 	$	1,486	 	$	1,357	 	77.2	%	76.9	%	
Selling, general and administrative	 	$	1,971	 	$	1,930	 	31.5	%	31.5	%	
Research and development	 	$	206	 	$	186	 	3.3	%	3.0	%	
18

Cost of equipment sales as a percentage of revenue increased to 53.0% in 2008 compared with 52.2% in the prior year, primarily due to the increase in mix of lower margin equipment sales outside the U.S. and the prior year sales of high margin upgrade kits.

Cost of supplies as a percentage of revenue decreased to 26.5% in 2008 compared with 27.1% in the prior year. This variance is driven by a change in the mix of business.

Cost of software as a percentage of revenue increased to 23.9% in 2008 compared with 23.7% in the prior year primarily due to a change in the mix of business.

Cost of rentals as a percentage of revenue decreased to 21.1% in 2008 compared with 23.2% in the prior year primarily due to lower depreciation costs related to the transition of our product line.

Financing interest expense as a percentage of revenue was 14.3% in 2008 compared with 16.0% in the prior year due to lower interest rates. In computing our financing interest expense, which represents our cost of borrowing associated with the generation of financing revenues, we assumed a 10:1 leveraging ratio of debt to equity and applied our overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables.

Cost of support services as a percentage of revenue increased to 58.3% in 2008 compared with 56.9% in the prior year. Improvements in our Production Mail segment due to the impact of our transition initiatives were more than offset by higher service costs in our U.S. and International Mailing businesses.

Cost of business services as a percentage of revenue was 77.2% in 2008 compared with 76.9% in the prior year. For Mail Services, continued integration costs associated with the current year acquisitions of a multi-site presort operation in the U.S. and U.K. were more than offset by the successful integration of other recently acquired sites and productivity improvements.

Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of total revenue, remained flat at 31.5%. The benefits gained from our transition initiatives were offset by lower revenue growth and a shift in the mix of our business as well as higher credit loss expenses in the U.S. Software, which is continuing to become a larger portion of our overall business, has a relatively higher selling, general and administrative expense ratio.

Research and development expenses increased $20 million, or 11%, as we continue to invest in developing new technologies, enhancing our products, and expanding our offshore development capabilities. R&D expenses as a percentage of total revenue increased to 3.3% in 2008 from 3.0% in 2007.

Other interest expense

(Dollars in millions)	 	2008	 	2007	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	119	 	$	124	 	(4	)%	
Other interest expense decreased $5 million or 4%, from prior year due to lower average interest rates during the year.

We do not allocate other interest expenses to our business segments.

Income taxes / effective tax rate
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	 	 	

	 	

	 	 	 	
 	 	 	34.3	%	 	42.4	%	 	 	
The effective tax rate declined 8.1% in 2008 primarily as a result of a $54 million tax charge in 2007 related principally to a valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets and tax rate changes outside the U.S.

Discontinued operations
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	2008	 	2007	 	 	 	

	 	

	 	 	 	
Pre-tax income	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	 	 	
Tax provision	 	 	(28	)	 	6	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(28	)	$	6	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	
19

The net loss in 2008 includes accruals of tax and interest on uncertain tax positions. The 2007 net gain includes a benefit of $11 million and the accrual of $6 million of interest expense, both related to uncertain tax positions.

Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries)

(Dollars in millions)	 	2008	 	2007	 	% change	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	21	 	$	19	 	8	%	
Noncontrolling interests includes dividends paid to preferred stockholders in subsidiary companies. In August 2008, we redeemed 100% of the outstanding Cumulative Preferred Stock issued previously by a subsidiary company for $10 million. This redemption resulted in a net loss of $2 million accounting for the year over year increase.

Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments

We recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and asset impairments of $49 million and $200 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

2009 Program

In 2009, we announced that we are undertaking a series of initiatives that are designed to transform and enhance the way we operate as a global company. In order to enhance our responsiveness to changing market conditions, we are executing a strategic transformation program designed to create improved processes and systems to further enable us to invest in future growth in areas such as our global customer interactions and product development processes. This program is expected to continue into 2012 and will result in the reduction of up to 10 percent of the positions in the company. We expect the total pre-tax cost of this program will be in the range of $250 million to $350 million primarily related to severance and benefit costs incurred in connection with such workforce reductions. Most of the total pre-tax costs will be cash-related charges. Currently, we are targeting annualized benefits, net of system and related investments, in the range of at least $150 million to $200 million on a pre-tax basis. These costs and the related benefits will be recognized as different actions are approved and implemented.

During 2009, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $68 million, of which $56 million related to severance and benefit costs and $12 million related to other exit costs associated with this new transformation project. As of December 31, 2009, 548 employee terminations have occurred. The majority of the liability at December 31, 2009 is expected to be paid during the next twelve months from cash generated from operations.

Pre-tax restructuring reserves at December 31, 2009 for the restructuring actions taken in connection with the 2009 program are composed of the following:

2009 Program
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008	 	Expenses	 	Cash
payments	 	Non-cash
charges	 	Balance at
December 31,
2009	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	—	 	$	56	 	$	(10	)	$	—	 	$	46 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	—	 	 	12	 	 	(5	)	 	—	 	 	7 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	—	 	$	68	 	$	(15	)	$	—	 	$	53 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
2007 Program

We announced a program in November 2007 to lower our cost structure, accelerate efforts to improve operational efficiencies, and transition our product line. The program included charges primarily associated with older equipment that we had stopped selling upon transition to the new generation of fully digital, networked, and remotely-downloadable equipment.

In 2009, we recorded a pre-tax adjustment to restructuring charges and asset impairments for $19 million due to lower than anticipated charges associated with the program announced in November 2007.

In 2008, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and asset impairments of $200 million, the majority of which related to the program announced in November 2007. These charges included severance and benefit costs of $118 million, asset impairment charges related to older technology equipment of $29 million and other assets of $2 million. Other exit costs of $35 million related primarily to lease termination fees, facility closing costs, contract cancellation costs and outplacement costs.

20

Additional asset impairments, unrelated to restructuring, were also recorded in 2008 and related to intangible assets of $16 million principally due to a loss of a customer in one of our marketing consulting businesses and the ongoing shift in market conditions for the litigation support vertical in our Management Services business.

As of December 31, 2009, 2,999 terminations have occurred under this program. The majority of the liability at December 31, 2009 is expected to be paid during the next twelve months from cash generated from operations.

Pre-tax restructuring reserves at December 31, 2009 for the restructuring program announced in November 2007 are composed of the following:

2007 Program
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008	 	Expenses	 	Cash
payments	 	Non-cash
charges	 	Balance at
December 31,
2009	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	108	 	$	(15	)	$	(78	)	$	—	 	$	15	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	—	 	 	(4	)	 	—	 	 	4	 	 	—	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	33	 	 	—	 	 	(12	)	 	—	 	 	21	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	141	 	$	(19	)	$	(90	)	$	4	 	$	36	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2007	 	Expenses	 	Cash
payments	 	Non-cash
charges	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	81	 	$	118	 	$	(91	)	$	—	 	$	108	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	—	 	 	47	 	 	—	 	 	(47	)	 	—	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	6	 	 	35	 	 	(8	)	 	—	 	 	33	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	87	 	$	200	 	$	(99	)	$	(47	)	$	141	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Acquisitions

There were no acquisitions during 2009.

On April 21, 2008, we acquired Zipsort, Inc. for $40 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Zipsort, Inc. acts as an intermediary between customers and the U.S. Postal Service. Zipsort, Inc. offers mailing services that include presorting of first class, standard class, flats, permit and international mail as well as metering services. We assigned the goodwill to the Mail Services segment.

During 2008, we also completed several smaller acquisitions, the costs of which were $30 million. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial results. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

We accounted for these acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, the operating results of these acquisitions have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. Acquisitions made in 2008 did not materially impact our diluted earnings per share for the year. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on acquisitions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that cash flow from operations, existing cash and liquid investments, as well as borrowing capacity under our commercial paper program, the existing credit facility and debt capital markets should be sufficient to finance our capital requirements and to cover our customer deposits. Our potential uses of cash include but are not limited to the following: growth and expansion opportunities; internal investments; customer financing; restructuring payments; tax payments; interest and dividend payments; pension and other benefit plan funding; acquisitions; and share repurchase program.

We continue to review our liquidity profile. We have carefully monitored for material changes in the creditworthiness of those banks acting as derivative counterparties, depository banks or credit providers to us through credit ratings and the credit default swap market. We have determined that there has not been a material variation in the underlying sources of cash flows currently used to finance the operations of the company. To date, we have had consistent access to the commercial paper market.

21

Cash Flow Summary

The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
 	Cash provided by operating activities	 	$	824	 	$	1,009	 	
 	Cash used in investing activities	 	 	(172	)	 	(234	)	
 	Cash used in financing activities	 	 	(626	)	 	(761	)	
 	Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	10	 	 	(15	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	$	36	 	$	(1	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
2009 Cash Flows

Net cash provided by operating activities consisted primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities. The strong cash flow provided by operations for 2009 is primarily due to the decrease in finance receivables and accounts receivable of $207 million and $84 million, respectively, primarily due to lower sales volumes as well as an increase in current and non-current income taxes of $86 million due to the timing of tax payments. Partially offsetting these positive impacts was a reduction in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $127 million, primarily due to timing of payments, $125 million for voluntary pension plan contributions and $105 million for restructuring payments associated with the programs initiated in 2007 and 2009.

Net cash used in investing activities consisted primarily of capital expenditures of $167 million for rental and other assets utilized in our operations.

Net cash used in financing activities was $626 million and consisted primarily of dividends paid to common stockholders of $298 million, a net reduction of debt of $242 million, and a net cash outflow associated with the issuance and redemption of preferred stock issued by a subsidiary of $79 million.

2008 Cash Flows

Net cash provided by operating activities consisted primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities. The strong cash flow provided by operations for 2008 is primarily due to the timing of tax payments, which favorably contributed $122 million, and the receipt of $44 million related to the unwind of an interest rate swap, which is described in further detail in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Partially offsetting these positive impacts were restructuring payments of $103 million associated with the program initiated in 2007 and a reduction in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $77 million, primarily due to timing of these payments.

Net cash used in investing activities consisted of capital expenditures of $237 million primarily for rental assets and acquisitions of $68 million partially offset by proceeds from short-term and other investments of $36 million, and increased reserve account balances for customer deposits of $33 million.

Net cash used in financing activities was $761 million and consisted primarily of stock repurchases of $333 million, dividends paid to common stockholders of $292 million, and a net payment of debt of $125 million, which was partly offset by proceeds of $20 million from the issuance of common stock associated with employee stock plans. We also paid $10 million associated with the redemption of 100% of the outstanding Cumulative Preferred Stock issued previously by a subsidiary company.

Capital Expenditures

During 2009, capital expenditures included net additions of $85 million to property, plant and equipment and $82 million in net additions to rental equipment and related inventories compared with $122 million and $115 million, respectively, in 2008. The decrease in spend on property, plant and equipment and net additions to rental equipment and related inventories is due to lower new meter placements in 2009 and tighter control over capital spending.

Financings and Capitalization

We have a commercial paper program that is a significant source of liquidity for the Company. During 2009, we continued to have consistent access to the commercial paper market. As of December 31, 2009, we had $221 million of outstanding commercial paper issuances. We also have a committed line of credit of $1.5 billion which supports commercial papers issuance and is provided by a syndicate of 16 banks until 2011. As of December 31, 2009, this line of credit had not been drawn down. We are a Well-Known

22

Seasoned Issuer with the SEC which allows us to issue debt securities, preferred stock, preference stock, common stock, purchase contracts, depositary shares, warrants and units.

On September 15, 2009, we repaid the 8.55% notes with a $150 million face value at their maturity. The repayment of these notes was funded through cash generated from operations and issuance of commercial paper. No additional long-term notes will mature until 2012.

On June 29, 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap for an aggregate notional amount of $100 million to effectively convert our interest payments on a portion of the $400 million, 4.625% fixed rate notes due in 2012, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable are based on one month LIBOR plus 249 basis points. In July 2009, we entered into three additional interest rate swaps for an aggregate notional amount of $300 million to effectively convert our interest payments on the remainder of the $400 million, 4.625% fixed rate notes due in 2012, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable are based on one month LIBOR plus 248 basis points for $100 million notional amount and one month LIBOR plus 250 basis points for $200 million notional amount.

On March 2, 2009, we issued $300 million of 10-year fixed-rate notes with a coupon rate of 6.25%. The interest is paid semi-annually beginning September 15, 2009. The notes mature on March 15, 2019. We simultaneously unwound four forward starting swap agreements (forward swaps) used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the forecasted issuance of the fixed-rate debt. The unwind of the derivatives resulted in a loss (and cash payment) of $20.3 million which was recorded to other comprehensive income, net of tax, and will be amortized to net interest expense over the 10-year term of the notes. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper.

On March 4, 2008, we issued $250 million of 10-year fixed-rate notes with a coupon rate of 5.60%. The interest is paid semi-annually beginning September 15, 2008. The notes mature on March 15, 2018. We simultaneously entered into two interest rate swaps for a total notional amount of $250 million to convert the fixed rate debt to a floating rate obligation bearing interest at 6 month LIBOR plus 111.5 basis points. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and repurchase of our stock.

During 2009, we voluntarily contributed a total of $125 million in cash to our global defined benefit pension plans in excess of legally required minimum contributions to increase the funding levels of the plans. Specifically, $100 million was contributed to the U.S. qualified plan and $25 million to certain foreign qualified plans. The voluntary contributions were funded by cash flows from operations and the issuance of commercial paper.

During 2009, the Board of Directors approved and adopted a resolution amending both U.S. pension plans, the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan and the Pitney Bowes Pension Restoration Plan, to provide that benefit accruals as of December 31, 2014, will be determined and frozen and no future benefit accruals under the plans will occur after that date.

In October 2009, Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc. (“PBIH”), a subsidiary of the Company, issued $300 million of perpetual voting preferred stock to certain outside institutional investors. These preferred shares are entitled to 25% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of PBIH. All outstanding common stock of PBIH, representing the remaining 75% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock, is owned directly or indirectly by Pitney Bowes Inc. The preferred stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 6.125% for a period of 7 years after which they become callable and, if remain outstanding, will yield a dividend that increases by 150% every six months thereafter.

In October 2009, PBIH redeemed $344 million of its existing variable term voting preferred stock. The redemption was funded by a combination of the issuance of the $300 million perpetual voting preferred stock and commercial paper.

In December 2009, PBIH redeemed the remaining $31 million of its existing variable term voting preferred stock. The redemption was funded by cash flows from operations and the issuance of commercial paper.

We believe our financing needs in the short and long-term can be met from cash generated internally, the issuance of commercial paper, debt issuance under our effective shelf registration statement and borrowing capacity under our existing credit agreements. Information on debt maturities is presented in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

23

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The following summarizes our known contractual obligations at December 31, 2009and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual Obligations	 	Payments due by period	 	

	 	
(Dollars in millions)	 	Total	 	Less than
1 year	 	1-3 years	 	3-5 years	 	More than
5 years	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Commercial paper borrowings	 	$	221	 	$	221	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	— 	 	
Long-term debt and current portion of long-term debt	 	 	4,175	 	 	—	 	 	550	 	 	825	 	 	2,800 	 	
Non-cancelable operating lease obligations	 	 	322	 	 	110	 	 	136	 	 	53	 	 	23 	 	
Interest payments on debt	 	 	1,762	 	 	185	 	 	371	 	 	327	 	 	879 	 	
Capital lease obligations	 	 	14	 	 	6	 	 	6	 	 	2	 	 	— 	 	
Purchase obligations (1)	 	 	325	 	 	244	 	 	68	 	 	13	 	 	— 	 	
Other non-current liabilities (2)	 	 	616	 	 	—	 	 	114	 	 	43	 	 	459 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	7,435	 	$	766	 	$	1,245	 	$	1,263	 	$	4,161 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	Purchase obligations include unrecorded agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding upon us and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Purchase obligations exclude agreements that are cancelable without penalty.	
 	 	
(2)	Other non-current liabilities relate primarily to our postretirement benefits. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.	
The amount and period of future payments related to our income tax uncertainties cannot be reliably estimated and, therefore, is not included in the above table. See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Critical Accounting Estimates

We have identified the policies below as critical to our business operations and to the understanding of our results of operations. We have discussed the impact and any associated risks on our results of operations related to these policies throughout the MD&A. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, but are not limited to, customer cancellations, bad debts, inventory obsolescence, residual values of leased assets, useful lives of long-lived assets and intangible assets, impairment of goodwill, warranty obligations, restructuring, pensions and other postretirement benefits, contingencies and litigation, and allocation of purchase price to tangible and intangible assets acquired in business combinations. Our actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. We believe the assumptions and estimates used are reasonable and appropriate in accordance with GAAP.

Revenue recognition

Multiple element and internal financing arrangements

We derive our revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain of our transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these transactions involves a non-cancelable equipment lease, a meter rental and an equipment maintenance agreement. As a result, we are required to determine whether the deliverables in a multiple element arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue recognition purposes, and if so, how the price should be allocated among the delivered elements and when to recognize revenue for each element.

In multiple element arrangements, we recognize revenue for each of the elements based on their respective fair values in accordance with the accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. We recognize revenue for delivered elements only when the fair values of undelivered elements are known and uncertainties regarding customer acceptance are resolved. Our allocation of the fair values to the various elements does not change the total revenue recognized from a transaction, but impacts the timing of

24

revenue recognition. Revenue is allocated to the meter rental and equipment maintenance agreement elements first using their respective fair values, which are determined based on prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. Revenue is then allocated to the equipment based on the present value of the remaining minimum lease payments. We then compare the allocated equipment fair value to the range of cash selling prices in standalone transactions during the period to ensure the allocated equipment fair value approximates average cash selling prices.

We provide lease financing for our products primarily through sales-type leases. We classify our leases in accordance with the lease accounting guidance. The vast majority of our leases qualify as sales-type leases using the present value of minimum lease payments classification criteria. We believe that our sales-type lease portfolio contains only normal collection risk. Accordingly, we record the fair value of equipment as sales revenue, the cost of equipment as cost of sales and the minimum lease payments plus the estimated residual value as gross finance receivables. The difference between the gross finance receivable and the equipment fair value is recorded as unearned income and is amortized as income over the lease term using the interest rate implicit in the lease.

Equipment residual values are determined at inception of the lease using estimates of equipment fair value at the end of the lease term. Estimates of future equipment fair value are based primarily on our historical experience. We also consider forecasted supply and demand for our various products, product retirement and future product launch plans, end of lease customer behavior, regulatory changes, remanufacturing strategies, used equipment markets, if any, competition and technological changes. We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or as changes to the above considerations occur.

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for our accounting policies on revenue recognition.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and credit losses

Allowance for doubtful accounts

We estimate our accounts receivable risks and provide allowances for doubtful accounts accordingly. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical loss experience, length of time receivables are past due, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions. We make adjustments to our allowance if our evaluation of allowance requirements differs from our actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective because our estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Allowance for credit losses

We estimate our finance receivables risks and provide allowances for credit losses accordingly. We establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality of our customers and the type of equipment financed. We charge finance receivables to the allowance for credit losses after collection efforts are exhausted and we deem the account uncollectible. We base credit decisions primarily on a customer’s financial strength. We believe that our concentration of credit risk for finance receivables in our internal financing division is limited because of our large number of customers, small account balances and customer geographic and industry diversification. Our general policy for finance receivables contractually past due for over 120 days is to discontinue revenue recognition. We resume revenue recognition when payments reduce the account to 60 days or less past due.

We evaluate the adequacy of allowance for credit losses based on our historical loss experience, the nature and volume of our portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. We make adjustments to our allowance for credit losses if the evaluation of reserve requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective because our estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Accounting for income taxes

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. When we prepare our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. We record this amount as a provision for our taxes in accordance with the accounting for income taxes guidance.

In 2007, we adopted guidance addressing accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements. The guidance requires a two-step approach under which the tax effect of a position is recognized only if it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained and the amount of the tax benefit recognized is equal to the largest tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement of the tax position. This is a different standard for recognition than the approach previously required. Both approaches require us to exercise considerable judgment and estimates are inherent in both processes.

25

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we operate and account for the related financial statement implications. We have established tax reserves which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires us to exercise judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax law. We adjust the amount of reserves when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact on our results of operations.

Based on our 2009 income from continuing operations before income taxes, a 1% change in our effective tax rate would impact income from continuing operations by approximately $7 million.

Goodwill and long-lived assets

Useful lives of long-lived assets

We depreciate property, plant and equipment and rental property and equipment principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives: machinery and equipment principally 3 to 15 years and buildings up to 50 years. We amortize properties leased under capital leases on a straight-line basis over the primary lease terms. We amortize capitalized costs related to internally developed software using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life, which is principally 3 to 10 years. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which are principally 4 to 15 years, using the straight-line method or an accelerated attrition method. Our estimates of useful lives could be affected by changes in regulatory provisions, technology or business plans.

Impairment review

We evaluate the recoverability and, if necessary, the fair value of our long-lived assets, including intangible assets, on an annual basis or as circumstances warrant. We derive the cash flow estimates that are incorporated into the analysis from our historical experience and our future long-term business plans and, if necessary, apply an appropriate discount rate to assist in the determination of its fair value. In addition, we used quoted market prices when available and appraisals as appropriate to assist in the determination of fair value.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or sooner when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist at the reporting unit level. Our goodwill impairment review requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assigning assets and liabilities to reporting units, assigning goodwill to reporting units and determining the fair value of each reporting unit. Significant judgments required to estimate the fair value of reporting units include estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and other assumptions. We use a combination of various techniques, including the present value of future cash flows, earnings multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses, to determine the fair value of our reporting units. We derive the cash flow estimates from our historical experience and our future long-term business plans and apply an appropriate discount rate.

Changes in the estimates and assumptions incorporated into the long-lived asset and goodwill assessments could materially affect the determination of fair value and/or goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. For 2009, based upon our impairment reviews for goodwill and long-lived assets, where appropriate, no impairments were identified.

During the review of our 2009 annual goodwill impairment test, the calculated fair values for all of our reporting units were considered substantially in excess of the respective reporting unit’s carrying value, with the exception of one reporting unit. This reporting unit, which represents the international operations of our Management Services segment, had a calculated fair value 14% in excess of its carrying value. At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of this reporting unit included an allocation of goodwill of $136 million. The calculated fair value of each of our reporting units was based on a combination of inputs and assumptions. These inputs and assumptions include projections of future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates and applicable earnings multiples of competitors.

See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on our restructuring charges and asset impairments recorded in 2009 and 2008. We believe that we have no unrecorded asset impairments at December 31, 2009. However, future events and circumstances, some of which are described below, may result in an impairment charge:
 	 	 	
 	•	Changes in postal regulations governing the types of meters allowable for use.	
 	 	 	
 	•	New technological developments that provide significantly enhanced benefits over current technology.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Significant ongoing negative economic or industry trends.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Changes in our business strategy that alters the expected usage of the related assets.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Future economic results that are below our expectations used in the current assessments.	
26

Pension benefits

Assumptions and estimates

The valuation and calculation of our net pension expense, assets and obligations are dependent on various assumptions and estimates. We make assumptions relating to discount rate, rate of compensation increase, expected return on plan assets and other factors. These assumptions are evaluated and updated annually and are described in further detail in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The following assumptions relate to our U.S. qualified pension plan, which is our largest plan. We determine our discount rate for the U.S. retirement benefit plan by using a model that discounts each year’s estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate. These spot rates are derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds. Accordingly, our discount rate assumption was 5.75% at December 31, 2009 and 6.05% at December 31, 2008. The rate of compensation increase assumption reflects our actual experience and best estimate of future increases. Our estimate of the rate of compensation increase was 3.50% at December 31, 2009 and 4.25% at December 31, 2008. Our expected return on plan assets is based on historical and projected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans’ investment portfolio after analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes. The overall expected rate of return for the portfolio is determined based on the target asset allocations for each asset class, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results, when compared to the benchmark returns. When assessing the expected future returns for the portfolio, we place more emphasis on the expected future returns than historical returns. Our expected return on plan assets assumption was 8.0% at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions:

U.S. Pension Plan
 	 	 	
 	•	Discount rate – a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would decrease annual pension expense by approximately $2.4 million and would lower the projected benefit obligation by $39.2 million.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Rate of compensation increase – a 0.25% increase in the rate of compensation increase would increase annual pension expense by approximately $0.6 million.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Expected return on plan assets – a 0.25% increase in the expected return on assets of our principal plans would decrease annual pension expense by approximately $3.9 million.	
The following assumptions relate to our U.K. qualified pension plan, which is our largest foreign plan. We determine our discount rate for the U.K. retirement benefit plan by using a model that discounts each year’s estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate. These spot rates are derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate bonds. Accordingly, our discount rate assumption was 5.70% at December 31, 2009 and 6.3% at December 31, 2008. The rate of compensation increase assumption reflects our actual experience and best estimate of future increases. Our estimate of the rate of compensation increase was 3.50% at December 31, 2009 and 4.3% at December 31, 2008. Our expected return on plan assets is determined based on historical portfolio results, the plan’s asset mix and future expectations of market rates of return on the types of assets in the plan. Our expected return on plan assets assumption was 7.50% and 7.25% at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

U.K. Pension Plan
 	 	 	
 	•	Discount rate – a 0.25% increase in the discount rate would decrease annual pension expense by approximately $1.4 million and would lower the projected benefit obligation by $15.4 million.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Rate of compensation increase – a 0.25% increase in the rate of compensation increase would increase annual pension expense by approximately $0.4 million.	
 	 	 	
 	•	Expected return on plan assets – a 0.25% increase in the expected return on assets of our principal plans would decrease annual pension expense by approximately $0.7 million.	
Delayed recognition principles

In accordance with the retirement benefits accounting guidance, actual pension plan results that differ from our assumptions and estimates are accumulated and amortized over the estimated future working life of the plan participants and will therefore affect pension expense recognized and obligations recorded in future periods. We also base our net pension expense primarily on a market related valuation of plan assets. In accordance with this approach, we recognize differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets primarily over a five-year period and as a result future pension expense will be impacted when these previously deferred gains or losses are recorded.

Investment related risks and uncertainties

We invest our pension plan assets in a variety of investment securities in accordance with our strategic asset allocation policy. The composition of our U.S. pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 was approximately 54% equity securities, 38% fixed income

27

securities, 4% real estate investments and 4% private equity investments. The composition of our U.K. pension plan assets at December 31, 2009 was approximately 67% equity securities, 32% fixed income securities and 1% cash. Investment securities are exposed to various risks such as interest rate, market and credit risks. In particular, due to the level of risk associated with equity securities, it is reasonably possible that changes in the values of such investment securities will occur and that such changes could materially affect our future results.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Recognition
In September 2009, new guidance was introduced addressing the accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple elements and certain revenue arrangements that include software. The new literature will allow companies to allocate consideration in a multiple element arrangement in a way that better reflects the economics of the transaction. This will result in the elimination of the residual method. In addition, tangible products that have software components that are “essential to the functionality” of the tangible product will be scoped out of the software revenue guidance. The new guidance will also result in more expansive disclosures. The new guidance will be effective on January 1, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance.

Pension Disclosures
On December 31, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance requiring more detailed disclosures about employers’ postretirement benefit plan assets, including investment strategies, major categories of assets, concentrations of risk within plan assets and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of assets. The Company has complied with the additional disclosure requirements. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for our postretirement benefit plan disclosures.

Noncontrolling Interests
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on noncontrolling interests. The new guidance addresses the accounting and reporting for the outstanding noncontrolling interest (previously referred to as minority interest) in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It also establishes additional disclosures in the consolidated financial statements that identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and of the noncontrolling owners of a subsidiary. The guidance requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests while all other requirements of the guidance are applied prospectively.

Business Combinations
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on business combinations. The new guidance revises principles and requirements for how a company (a) recognizes and measures in their financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest (previously referred to as minority interest); (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and (c) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of a business combination. Some of the major impacts of this new guidance include expense recognition for transaction costs and restructuring costs. The adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities. The new guidance impacts disclosures only and requires additional qualitative and quantitative information on the use of derivatives and their impact on an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Fair Value Measurements
On January 1, 2008, we adopted new accounting guidance on fair value measurements. The new guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. It was effective for certain financial assets and liabilities on January 1, 2008 and for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis on January 1, 2009. The adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on fair value measurements.

Legal and Regulatory Matters

Legal

See Legal Proceedings in Item 3 of this Form 10-K for information regarding our legal proceedings.

28

Income taxes

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires us to exercise judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax law. The amount of reserves is adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact on our results of operations.

We are continually under examination by tax authorities in the United States, other countries and local jurisdictions in which we have operations. The years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The current IRS exam of tax years 2001-2004 is estimated to be completed within the next two years and the examination of years 2005-2008 has commenced. In connection with the 2001-2004 exam, we have received notices of proposed adjustments to our filed returns. Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. We are also disputing a formal request from the IRS in the form of a civil summons to provide certain company workpapers. We believe that certain documents being sought should not be produced because they are privileged. A decision by the Rhode Island U.S. District Court in a similar case that supported our position was overturned on appeal by the First Circuit Court of Appeals and the federal judicial circuits are now divided on this issue. The taxpayer in the First Circuit decision has filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court requesting review of the First Circuit decision. Also in connection with the 2001-2004 audits, we have entered into a settlement with the IRS regarding the tax treatment of certain lease transactions related to the Capital Services business that we sold in 2006. Prior to 2007, we accrued and paid the IRS the additional tax associated with this settlement. A variety of post-1999 tax years remain subject to examination by other tax authorities, including the U.K., Canada, France, Germany and various U.S. states. Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. However, the resolution of such matters could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

During 2010, we expect to reverse tax benefits of approximately $15 million associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units previously granted to our employees. These write-offs of deferred tax assets will not require the payment of any taxes.

Effects of Inflation and Foreign Exchange

Inflation, although minimal in recent years, continues to affect worldwide economies and the way companies operate. It increases labor costs and operating expenses, and raises costs associated with replacement of fixed assets such as rental equipment. Despite these growing costs, we have generally been able to maintain profit margins through productivity and efficiency improvements, continual review of both manufacturing capacity and operating expense levels, and, where applicable, price increases.

Currency translation decreased our 2009 revenue by approximately 2%. Also, currency translation losses decreased our income before taxes by $13 million. Based on the current contribution from our international operations, a 1% increase in the value of the U.S. dollar would result in a decline in revenue of approximately $16 million and a decline in income from continuing operations before income taxes of approximately $2 million.

Although not affecting income, balance sheet related deferred translation losses of $119 million were recorded in 2009 resulting primarily from the strengthening U.S. dollar as compared to the British pound, Euro and Canadian dollar. During 2008, we recorded deferred translation losses of $305 million resulting primarily from the strengthening U.S. dollar as compared to the British pound, Euro and Canadian dollar. During 2007, we recorded deferred translation gains of $165 million resulting primarily from the stronger British pound, Euro and Canadian dollar, as compared to the U.S. dollar.

The results of our international operations are subject to currency fluctuations. We enter into foreign exchange contracts primarily to reduce our risk of loss from such fluctuations. Exchange rates can also impact settlement of our intercompany receivables and payables that result from transfers of finished goods inventories between our affiliates in different countries, and intercompany loans. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

At December 31, 2009, we had $924 million, $2 million and $1 million of foreign exchange contracts outstanding maturing in 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively, to buy or sell various currencies. As a result of the use of derivative instruments, we are exposed to counterparty risk. To mitigate such risks, we enter into contracts with only those financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements as set forth in our derivative policy. We regularly review our credit exposure balances as well as the creditworthiness of our counterparties. Maximum risk of loss on these contracts is limited to the amount of the difference between the spot rate at the date of the contract delivery and the contracted rate.

29

Dividends

It is a general practice of our Board of Directors to pay a cash dividend on common stock each quarter. In setting dividend payments, our board considers the dividend rate in relation to our recent and projected earnings and our capital investment opportunities and requirements. We have paid a dividend each year since 1934.

ITEM 7A. – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations due to our investing and funding activities and our operations denominated in different foreign currencies.

We manage our exposure to changes in interest rates by limiting its impact on earnings and cash flows and lowering our overall borrowing costs. We use a balanced mix of debt maturities and variable and fixed rate debt together with interest rate swaps to execute our strategy.

Our objective in managing our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to reduce the volatility in earnings and cash flows associated with the effect of foreign exchange rate changes on transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, we enter into various contracts, which change in value as foreign exchange rates change, to protect the value of external and intercompany transactions. The principal currencies actively hedged are the British pound, Canadian dollar and Euro.

We employ established policies and procedures governing the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks. We do not enter into foreign currency or interest rate transactions for speculative purposes. The gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the value of the related exposures.

We utilize a “Value-at-Risk” (VaR) model to determine the potential loss in fair value from changes in market conditions. The VaR model utilizes a “variance/co-variance” approach and assumes normal market conditions, a 95% confidence level and a one-day holding period. The model includes all of our debt and all interest rate derivative contracts as well as our foreign exchange derivative contracts associated with forecasted transactions. The model excludes anticipated transactions, firm commitments, and receivables and accounts payable denominated in foreign currencies, which certain of these instruments are intended to hedge.

The VaR model is a risk analysis tool and does not purport to represent actual losses in fair value that will be incurred by us, nor does it consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors.

During 2009 and 2008, our maximum potential one-day loss in fair value of our exposure to foreign exchange rates and interest rates, using the variance/co-variance technique described above, was not material.

ITEM 8. – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” on Page 38 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. – CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the direction of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) or Rule 15a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) and internal control over financial reporting. The CEO and CFO concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009, based on the evaluation of these controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act. It should be noted that any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions designed to obtain reasonable (and not absolute) assurance as to its effectiveness, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals. Notwithstanding this caution, the CEO and CFO have reasonable assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2009.

30

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with internal control policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework . Management’s assessment included evaluating the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on our assessment, we concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria issued by COSO in  Internal Control – Integrated Framework .

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, the independent accountants that audited the Company’s financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which report is included on page 39 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2009, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting.

During 2009, we implemented new software to support the Company’s accounting for income taxes. This change in our process resulted in changes in our internal controls over financial reporting. We have reviewed the system and the controls affected and made appropriate changes as necessary.

ITEM 9B. – OTHER INFORMATION

None.

31

PART III

ITEM 10. – DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information pertaining to Directors of the Company and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Election of Directors,” “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers,” “Beneficial Ownership,” “Report of the Audit Committee” and “Corporate Governance” of the Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is scheduled to be held on May 10, 2010. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Commission not later than 120 days after the conclusion of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 and is incorporated herein by reference. Executive officers of the Company are as follows:

Executive Officers of the Registrant as of February 26, 2010
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Name	 	Age	 	Title	 	Executive
Officer Since	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
Murray D. Martin	 	62	 	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	 	1998	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Leslie Abi-Karam	 	51	 	Executive Vice President and President, Mailing Solutions Management	 	2005	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gregory E. Buoncontri	 	62	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer	 	2000	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Elise R. DeBois	 	54	 	Executive Vice President and President, Global Financial Services	 	2005	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
David C. Dobson	 	47	 	Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Management Services and Enterprise Sales and Solutions	 	2008	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Patrick J. Keddy	 	55	 	Executive Vice President and President, Mailstream International	 	2005	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Michael Monahan	 	49	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	2005	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Vicki A. O’Meara	 	52	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer	 	2008	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Joseph H. Timko	 	49	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer	 	2010	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Johnna G. Torsone	 	59	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer	 	1993	
There is no family relationship among the above officers, all of whom have served in various corporate, division or subsidiary positions with the Company for at least the past five years except as described below:

Mr. Timko joined the Company in February 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Timko was a partner in the technology / telecom and industrial sector practice at McKinsey & Company.

Mr. Dobson joined the Company in July 2008 as Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy and Innovation Officer. In 2009, he was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Pitney Bowes Management Services and Enterprise Sales and Solutions. Mr. Dobson previously served as the Chief Executive Officer of Corel Corporation, a leading global packaged software company, since June 2005. From February 2004 to June 2005, Mr. Dobson served as Corporate Vice President, Strategy at IBM Corporation, a leading developer and manufacturer of information technologies.

Ms. O’Meara joined the Company in June 2008 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal and Compliance Officer. Prior to joining the Company, she was President - U.S. Supply Chain Solutions for Ryder System, Inc., a leading transportation and supply chain solutions company. Ms. O’Meara joined Ryder System, Inc. as Executive Vice President and General Counsel in June 1997.

ITEM 11. – EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The sections entitled “Directors’ Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, and “Executive Compensation Tables and Related Narrative” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before March 31, 2010 in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

32

 	 	
ITEM 12. – 	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS	
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2009 regarding the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued under the Company’s equity compensation plans.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Plan Category	 	(a)
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights	 	(b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights	 	(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	 	 	18,921,808	 	$	38.02	 	 	15,102,457 	 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	— 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	 	18,921,808	 	$	38.02	 	 	15,102,457 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The sections entitled “How much stock is owned by directors and executive officers?” and “Security Ownership” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before March 31, 2010 in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. – CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The sections entitled “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Person Transactions” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before March 31, 2010 in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The section entitled “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission on or before March 31, 2010 in connection with the Company’s 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

33

PART IV

ITEM 15. – EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 	 	 	
(a)	1.	Financial statements - see Item 8 on page 30 and “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” on page 38 of this Form 10-K.	
 	 	 	
 	2.	Financial statement schedules - see “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data” on page 38 of this Form 10-K.	
 	 	 	
 	3.	Exhibits (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).	

Reg. S-K
exhibits	 	Description	 	Status or incorporation by reference	

	

	

	

	

	
(3)(a)	 	Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on August 14, 1996. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(a.1)	 	Certificate of Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as amended May 29, 1996)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a.1) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 27, 1998. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(b)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Amended and Restated By-laws	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(ii) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on August 6, 2007. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(4)(a)	 	Preference Share Purchase Rights Agreement dated December 11, 1995 between the Company and Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, LLC, as Rights Agent, as amended	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on March 13, 1996. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(a.1)	 	Certificate of amendment to the Preference Share Purchase Rights Agreement dated December 11, 1995 between the Company and Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, LLC, as Rights Agent, as amended December 8, 1998	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4.4) to Form 8-A/A as filed with the Commission on December 19, 2003. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(b)	 	Form of Indenture between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-72304) as filed with the Commission on October 26, 2001.	
 	 	 	 	 	
(c)	 	Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated April 18, 2003 between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on August 18, 2004.	
 	 	 	 	 	
(d)	 	Form of Indenture between the Company and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, dated as of February 14, 2005	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Registration Statement on Form S-3ASR (No. 333-151753) as filed with the Commission on June 18, 2008.	
 	 	 	 	 	
(e)	 	First Supplemental Indenture, by and among Pitney Bowes Inc., The Bank of New York, and Citibank, N.A., to the Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2005, by and between the Company and Citibank	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on October 24, 2007. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(f)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Global Medium-Term Note (Fixed Rate), issue date March 7, 2008	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d)(1) to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on March 7, 2008. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
The Company has outstanding certain other long-term indebtedness. Such long-term indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company; therefore, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of such indebtedness are not included as exhibits. The Company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.

Executive Compensation Plans:
 	 	 	 	 	
(10)(a)	 	Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10a) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 1993. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(b)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan (as amended and restated 1999)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (i) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
34

 	 	 	 	 	
(b.1)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan (Amendment No. 1, effective as of May 12, 2003)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on August 11, 2003. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(b.2)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors’ Stock Plan (Amendment No. 2 effective as of May 1, 2007)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10.(b.2)) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 1, 2007 (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(c)	 	Pitney Bowes 1991 Stock Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on May 14, 1998. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(c.1)	 	Pitney Bowes 1998 Stock Plan (as amended and restated)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (ii) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on March 30, 2000. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(c.2)	 	Pitney Bowes Stock Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2002)	 	Incorporated by reference to Annex 1 to the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2002 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 26, 2002. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(c.3)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (as amended November 7, 2009)	 	Exhibit (v)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(d)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees’ Incentive Plan (as amended and restated October 1, 2007)(as amended November 7, 2009)	 	Exhibit (iv)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(e)	 	Pitney Bowes Severance Plan (as amended, and restated effective January 1, 2008)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(e) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on February 29, 2008. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(f)	 	Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy (amended and restated as of January 1, 2008)	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on February 29, 2008. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(g)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for the Board of Directors, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Form 10-K as filed with the Commission on February 26, 2009. (Commission file number 1-3579	
 	 	 	 	 	
(h)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. Deferred Incentive Savings Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-k as filed with the Commission on February 26, 2009. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(i)	 	Pitney Bowes Inc. 1998 U.K. S.A.Y.E. Stock Option Plan	 	Incorporated by reference to Annex II to the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Commission on March 23, 2006. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(j)	 	Form of Equity Compensation Grant Letter	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on May 4, 2006. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(k)	 	Form of Performance Award	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on August 5, 2009. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(l)	 	Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10) to Form 10-Q as filed with the Commission on November 6, 2009. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(m)	 	Service Agreement between Pitney Bowes Limited and Patrick S. Keddy dated January 29, 2003	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on February 17, 2006. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(n)	 	Separation Agreement and General Release dated April 14, 2008 by and between Pitney Bowes Inc. and Bruce P. Nolop	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on April 15, 2008. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
35

Other:
 	 	 	 	 	
(o)	 	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated May 19, 2006 between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent	 	Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K as filed with the Commission on May 24, 2006. (Commission file number 1-3579)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(12)	 	Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	Exhibit (i)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(21)	 	Subsidiaries of the registrant	 	Exhibit (ii)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(23)	 	Consent of experts and counsel	 	Exhibit (iii)	
 	 	 	 	 	
(31.1)	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	 	See page 119	
 	 	 	 	 	
(31.2)	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	 	See page 120	
 	 	 	 	 	
(32.1)	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350	 	See page 121	
 	 	 	 	 	
(32.2)	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350	 	See page 122	
36

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Date: February 26, 2010	 	 	 	 	PITNEY BOWES INC.	

	 	 	 	 	

	
 	 	 	 	 	Registrant	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	/s/ Murray D. Martin	 	 	

	 	 	
 	 	 	      Murray D. Martin	 	 	
 	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	 	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Signature	 	 	 	Title	 	 	Date	

	 	 	 	

	 	 	

	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Murray D. Martin	 	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer – Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Murray D. Martin	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael Monahan	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	(Principal Financial Officer)	 	 	
Michael Monahan	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Steven J. Green	 	Vice President–Finance and Chief Accounting	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	 	 	
Steven J. Green	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Rodney C. Adkins	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Rodney C. Adkins	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Linda G. Alvarado	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Linda G. Alvarado	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Anne M. Busquet	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Anne M. Busquet	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Anne Sutherland Fuchs	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Anne Sutherland Fuchs	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Ernie Green	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Ernie Green	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ James H. Keyes	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
James H. Keyes	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ John S. McFarlane	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
John S. McFarlane	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Eduardo R. Menascé	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Michael I. Roth	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Michael I. Roth	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ David L. Shedlarz	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
David L. Shedlarz	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ David B. Snow, Jr.	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
David B. Snow, Jr.	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
/s/ Robert E. Weissman	 	Director	 	February 26, 2010	

	 	 	 	 	
Robert E. Weissman	 	 	 	 	
37

PITNEY BOWES INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
 	 	 	
 	 	PAGE	

	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	 	39	
Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes, Inc.	 	 	
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007	 	40	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008	 	41	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007	 	42	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007	 	43	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	 	44	
Financial Statement Schedule	 	 	
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves	 	96	
38

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pitney Bowes Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertainty in income taxes effective January 1, 2007.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
February 26, 2010

39

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Revenue:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equipment sales	 	$	1,006,542	 	$	1,252,058	 	$	1,335,538	 	
Supplies	 	 	336,239	 	 	392,414	 	 	393,478	 	
Software	 	 	365,185	 	 	424,296	 	 	346,020	 	
Rentals	 	 	647,432	 	 	728,160	 	 	739,130	 	
Financing	 	 	694,444	 	 	772,711	 	 	790,121	 	
Support services	 	 	714,429	 	 	768,424	 	 	760,915	 	
Business services	 	 	1,804,900	 	 	1,924,242	 	 	1,764,593	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total revenue	 	 	5,569,171	 	 	6,262,305	 	 	6,129,795	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of equipment sales	 	 	530,004	 	 	663,430	 	 	696,900	 	
Cost of supplies	 	 	93,660	 	 	103,870	 	 	106,702	 	
Cost of software	 	 	82,241	 	 	101,357	 	 	82,097	 	
Cost of rentals	 	 	158,881	 	 	153,831	 	 	171,191	 	
Financing interest expense	 	 	97,586	 	 	110,136	 	 	126,648	 	
Cost of support services	 	 	393,251	 	 	447,745	 	 	433,324	 	
Cost of business services	 	 	1,382,401	 	 	1,485,703	 	 	1,357,377	 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	1,800,714	 	 	1,970,868	 	 	1,930,324	 	
Research and development	 	 	182,191	 	 	205,620	 	 	185,665	 	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments	 	 	48,746	 	 	200,254	 	 	264,013	 	
Other interest expense	 	 	111,269	 	 	119,207	 	 	123,892	 	
Interest income	 	 	(4,949	)	 	(12,893	)	 	(8,669	)	
Other income	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(380	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	4,875,995	 	 	5,549,128	 	 	5,469,084	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	 	 	693,176	 	 	713,177	 	 	660,711	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	240,154	 	 	244,929	 	 	280,222	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	453,022	 	 	468,248	 	 	380,489	 	
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of income tax	 	 	(8,109	)	 	(27,700	)	 	5,534	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	 	 	444,913	 	 	440,548	 	 	386,023	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	 	21,468	 	 	20,755	 	 	19,242	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	423,445	 	$	419,793	 	$	366,781	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	$	431,554	 	$	447,493	 	$	361,247	 	
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations	 	 	(8,109	)	 	(27,700	)	 	5,534	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	423,445	 	$	419,793	 	$	366,781	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common
stockholders (1):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	2.09	 	$	2.15	 	$	1.65	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.13	)	 	0.03	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	2.05	 	$	2.01	 	$	1.68	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	2.08	 	$	2.13	 	$	1.63	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.04	)	 	(0.13	)	 	0.03	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	2.04	 	$	2.00	 	$	1.66	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
(1) The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

40

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2009	 	December 31, 2008	 	

	 	

	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	412,737	 	$	376,671	 	
Short-term investments	 	 	14,682	 	 	21,551	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivables, gross	 	 	859,633	 	 	924,886	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables	 	 	(42,781	)	 	(45,264	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Accounts receivables, net	 	 	816,852	 	 	879,622	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance receivables	 	 	1,417,708	 	 	1,501,678	 	
Allowance for credit losses	 	 	(46,790	)	 	(45,932	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Finance receivables, net	 	 	1,370,918	 	 	1,455,746	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Inventories	 	 	156,502	 	 	161,321	 	
Current income taxes	 	 	101,248	 	 	70,063	 	
Other current assets and prepayments	 	 	98,297	 	 	78,108	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total current assets	 	 	2,971,236	 	 	3,043,082	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	514,904	 	 	574,260	 	
Rental property and equipment, net	 	 	360,207	 	 	397,949	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Finance receivables	 	 	1,380,810	 	 	1,445,822	 	
Allowance for credit losses	 	 	(25,368	)	 	(25,858	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Finance receivables, net	 	 	1,355,442	 	 	1,419,964	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment in leveraged leases	 	 	233,359	 	 	201,921	 	
Goodwill	 	 	2,286,904	 	 	2,251,830	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	 	316,417	 	 	375,822	 	
Non-current income taxes	 	 	108,260	 	 	127,723	 	
Other assets	 	 	387,182	 	 	417,685	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total assets	 	$	8,533,911	 	$	8,810,236	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES, NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	$	1,748,254	 	$	1,922,399	 	
Current income taxes	 	 	144,385	 	 	91,816	 	
Notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations	 	 	226,022	 	 	770,501	 	
Advance billings	 	 	447,786	 	 	441,556	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	2,566,447	 	 	3,226,272	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred taxes on income	 	 	293,459	 	 	307,360	 	
Tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities	 	 	525,253	 	 	431,031	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	4,213,640	 	 	3,934,865	 	
Other non-current liabilities	 	 	625,079	 	 	823,322	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	8,223,878	 	 	8,722,850	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Noncontrolling interests (Preferred stockholders’ equity in subsidiaries)	 	 	296,370	 	 	374,165	 	
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 15)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cumulative preferred stock, $50 par value, 4% convertible	 	 	4	 	 	7	 	
Cumulative preference stock, no par value, $2.12 convertible	 	 	868	 	 	976	 	
Common stock, $1 par value (480,000,000 shares authorized; 323,337,912 shares issued)	 	 	323,338	 	 	323,338	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	256,133	 	 	259,306	 	
Retained earnings	 	 	4,305,794	 	 	4,179,904	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	 	(457,378	)	 	(596,341	)	
Treasury stock, at cost (116,140,084 and 117,156,719 shares, respectively)	 	 	(4,415,096	)	 	(4,453,969	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total Pitney Bowes Inc. stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	 	13,663	 	 	(286,779	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities, noncontrolling interests and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	$	8,533,911	 	$	8,810,236	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Twelve Months Ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	 	$	444,913	 	$	440,548	 	$	386,023	 	
Gain on sale of a facility, net of tax	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(1,623	)	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments, net of tax	 	 	31,782	 	 	144,211	 	 	223,486	 	
Restructuring payments	 	 	(105,090	)	 	(102,680	)	 	(31,568	)	
(Payments) proceeds for settlement of derivative instruments	 	 	(20,281	)	 	43,991	 	 	—	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	338,895	 	 	379,117	 	 	383,141	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	22,523	 	 	26,402	 	 	24,131	 	
Special pension plan contributions	 	 	(125,000	)	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivables	 	 	84,182	 	 	(23,690	)	 	35,853	 	
(Increase) decrease in finance receivables	 	 	206,823	 	 	24,387	 	 	(86,238	)	
(Increase) decrease in inventories	 	 	12,187	 	 	2,018	 	 	7,710	 	
(Increase) decrease in prepaid, deferred expense and other assets	 	 	(15,036	)	 	6,001	 	 	(7,793	)	
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	(127,256	)	 	(76,880	)	 	32,789	 	
Increase (decrease) in current and non-current income taxes	 	 	85,632	 	 	122,480	 	 	123,636	 	
Increase (decrease) in advance billings	 	 	(2,744	)	 	2,051	 	 	10,444	 	
Increase (decrease) in other operating capital, net	 	 	(7,462	)	 	21,459	 	 	(20,284	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	824,068	 	 	1,009,415	 	 	1,079,707	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Short-term and other investments	 	 	(8,362	)	 	35,652	 	 	42,367	 	
Proceeds from the sale of facilities	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	29,608	 	
Capital expenditures	 	 	(166,728	)	 	(237,308	)	 	(264,656	)	
Net investment in external financing	 	 	1,456	 	 	1,868	 	 	(2,214	)	
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	 	 	—	 	 	(67,689	)	 	(594,110	)	
Reserve account deposits	 	 	1,664	 	 	33,359	 	 	62,666	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(171,970	)	 	(234,118	)	 	(726,339	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Decrease) increase in notes payable, net	 	 	(389,666	)	 	205,590	 	 	(89,673	)	
Proceeds from long-term obligations	 	 	297,513	 	 	245,582	 	 	640,765	 	
Principal payments on long-term obligations	 	 	(150,000	)	 	(576,565	)	 	(174,191	)	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	 	 	11,962	 	 	20,154	 	 	107,517	 	
Payments to redeem preferred stock issued by a subsidiary	 	 	(375,000	)	 	(10,000	)	 	—	 	
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock by a subsidiary	 	 	296,370	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Stock repurchases	 	 	—	 	 	(333,231	)	 	(399,996	)	
Dividends paid to common stockholders	 	 	(297,555	)	 	(291,611	)	 	(288,790	)	
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests	 	 	(19,485	)	 	(20,755	)	 	(19,242	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	(625,861	)	 	(760,836	)	 	(223,610	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	 	 	9,829	 	 	(14,966	)	 	8,316	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	36,066	 	 	(505	)	 	138,074	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	376,671	 	 	377,176	 	 	239,102	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	 	$	412,737	 	$	376,671	 	$	377,176	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash interest paid	 	$	195,256	 	$	235,816	 	$	236,697	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Cash income taxes paid, net	 	$	197,925	 	$	164,354	 	$	178,469	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

42

PITNEY BOWES INC.
C ONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(In thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Preferred
stock	 	Preference
stock	 	Common
stock	 	Additional
paid-in capital	 	Comprehensive
income (loss)	 	Retained
earnings	 	Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income	 	Treasury
stock	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2006	 	$	7	 	$	1,068	 	$	323,338	 	$	235,558	 	 	 	 	$	4,156,994	 	$	(131,744	)	$	(3,869,166	)	
Tax adjustment (see note 9)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(98,900	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted retained earnings	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	4,058,094	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adoption of accounting for tax uncertainties	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(84,363	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	366,781	 	 	366,781	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	164,728	 	 	 	 	 	164,728	 	 	 	 	
Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax of $1.8 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,801	 	 	 	 	 	2,801	 	 	 	 	
Net unrealized gain on investment securities, net of tax of $0.0 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	352	 	 	 	 	 	352	 	 	 	 	
Net unamortized gain on pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $15.9 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	30,347	 	 	 	 	 	30,347	 	 	 	 	
Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $13.3 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	22,172	 	 	 	 	 	22,172	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	587,181	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(81	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(288,709	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(7,967	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	111,925	 	
Conversions to common stock	 	 	 	 	 	(65	)	 	 	 	 	(1,530	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,595	 	
Pre-tax stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	24,131	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments to additional paid in capital, tax effect from share-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1,993	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(399,996	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2007	 	 	7	 	 	1,003	 	 	323,338	 	 	252,185	 	 	 	 	 	4,051,722	 	 	88,656	 	 	(4,155,642	)	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	419,793	 	 	419,793	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(305,452	)	 	 	 	 	(305,452	)	 	 	 	
Net unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of tax of ($12.4) million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(18,670	)	 	 	 	 	(18,670	)	 	 	 	
Net unrealized gain on investment securities, net of tax of $0.4 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	580	 	 	 	 	 	580	 	 	 	 	
Net unamortized loss on pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of ($216.1) million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(375,544	)	 	 	 	 	(375,544	)	 	 	 	
Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $8.6 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	14,089	 	 	 	 	 	14,089	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	(265,204	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(77	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(291,534	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(11,573	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	34,268	 	
Conversions to common stock	 	 	 	 	 	(27	)	 	 	 	 	(609	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	636	 	
Pre-tax stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	26,402	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments to additional paid in capital, tax effect from share-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(7,099	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(333,231	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2008	 	 	7	 	 	976	 	 	323,338	 	 	259,306	 	 	 	 	 	4,179,904	 	 	(596,341	)	 	(4,453,969	)	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	423,445	 	 	423,445	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	119,820	 	 	 	 	 	119,820	 	 	 	 	
Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments, net of tax of $4.9 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	7,214	 	 	 	 	 	7,214	 	 	 	 	
Net unrealized loss on investment securities, net of tax of ($0.1) million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(283	)	 	 	 	 	(283	)	 	 	 	
Net unamortized loss on pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $8.4 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(5,116	)	 	 	 	 	(5,116	)	 	 	 	
Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $10.6 million	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	17,328	 	 	 	 	 	17,328	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	562,408	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash dividends:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(72	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(297,483	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(22,017	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	36,419	 	
Conversions to common stock	 	 	(3	)	 	(108	)	 	 	 	 	(2,343	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,454	 	
Pre-tax stock-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	21,761	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjustments to additional paid in capital, tax effect from share-based compensation	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(574	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2009	 	$	4	 	$	868	 	$	323,338	 	$	256,133	 	 	 	 	$	4,305,794	 	$	(457,378	)	$	(4,415,096	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Treasury shares of 0.9 million, 0.9 million and 3.0 million were issued under employee plans in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We repurchased no shares in 2009. We repurchased 9.2 million and 9.1 million shares in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

43

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business
We are a provider of global, integrated mail and document management solutions for organizations of all sizes. We operate in two business groups: Mailstream Solutions and Mailstream Services. We operate both inside and outside the United States. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for financial information concerning revenue, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and identifiable assets, by reportable segment and geographic area.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
We have prepared the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Operating results of acquired companies are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date of acquisition. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Beginning in 2009, we have separately presented a financing interest expense line item, which represents our estimated cost of borrowing associated with the generation of financing revenues, in the Consolidated Statements of Income. In computing our financing interest expense, we assumed a 10:1 leveraging ratio of debt to equity and applied our overall effective interest rate to the average outstanding finance receivables.

Use of Estimates
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that are reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates are based on our best knowledge of current events, historical experience, actions that we may undertake in the future, and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. As a result, actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments
Cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. We place our temporary cash and highly liquid short-term investments with a maturity of greater than three months but less than one year from the reporting date with financial institutions or investment managers and/or invest in highly rated short-term obligations.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We estimate our accounts receivable risks and provide allowances for doubtful accounts accordingly. We believe that our credit risk for accounts receivable is limited because of our large number of customers and the relatively small account balances for most of our customers. Also, our customers are dispersed across different business and geographic areas. We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical loss experience, length of time receivables are past due, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay and prevailing economic conditions. We make adjustments to our allowance if the evaluation of requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective and estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Finance Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses
We estimate our finance receivables risks and provide allowances for credit losses accordingly. Our financial services businesses establish credit approval limits based on the credit quality of the customer and the type of equipment financed. We charge finance receivables through the allowance for credit losses after collection efforts are exhausted and we deem the account uncollectible. Our financial services businesses base credit decisions primarily on a customer’s financial strength and we may also consider collateral values. We believe that our concentration of credit risk for finance receivables in our internal financing division is limited because of our large number of customers, small account balances and customer geographic and industry diversification.

Our general policy for finance receivables contractually past due for over 120 days is to discontinue revenue recognition. We resume revenue recognition when payments reduce the account to 60 days or less past due.

44

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

We evaluate the adequacy of allowance for credit losses based on our historical loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolios, adverse situations that may affect a customer’s ability to pay, and prevailing economic conditions. We make adjustments to our allowance for credit losses if the evaluation of reserve requirements differs from the actual aggregate reserve. This evaluation is inherently subjective and estimates may be revised as more information becomes available.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis for most U.S. inventories, and on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis for most non-U.S. inventories.

Fixed Assets and Depreciation
Property, plant and equipment and rental equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives of depreciable fixed assets are as follows: buildings, up to 50 years; plant and equipment, 3 to 15 years; and computer equipment, 3 to 5 years. Major improvements which add to productive capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life or their related lease term.

Fully depreciated assets are retained in fixed assets and accumulated depreciation until they are removed from service. In the case of disposals, assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and the net amounts, less proceeds from disposal, are included in income.

Capitalized Software Development Costs
We capitalize certain costs of software developed for internal use in accordance with the internal-use software accounting guidance. Capitalized costs include purchased materials and services, payroll and payroll-related costs and interest costs. The cost of internally developed software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, principally 3 to 10 years.

We capitalize software development costs related to software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed in accordance with the software industry accounting guidance. Software development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which time such costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release to the public. Capitalized software development costs include purchased materials and services, and payroll and payroll-related costs attributable to programmers, software engineers, quality control and field certifiers. Capitalized software development costs are amortized over the estimated product useful life, principally 3 to 5 years, generally on a straight-line basis. Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets include $23.2 million and $19.6 million of capitalized software development costs at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Consolidated Statements of Income include the related amortization expense of $10.4 million, $6.1 million, and $3.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Total software development costs capitalized in 2009 and 2008 were $9.2 million and $7.1 million, respectively.

Research and Development Costs
Research and product development costs not subject to capitalization accounting requirements are expensed as incurred. These costs primarily include personnel-related costs.

Business Combinations
We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. We estimate the fair value of intangible assets primarily using a cost, market or income approach. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The primary drivers that generate goodwill are the value of synergies between the acquired entities and the company and the acquired assembled workforce, neither of which qualifies as an identifiable intangible asset. Intangible assets with finite lives acquired under business combinations are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally 3 to 15 years. Customer relationship intangibles are amortized using either a straight-line method or an accelerated attrition method. All other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line method. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Impairment Review for Goodwill
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, or sooner when circumstances indicate an impairment may exist, at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business, which is one level below that operating segment. Reporting units are aggregated as a single reporting unit if they have similar economic characteristics. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step

45

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

approach. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is determined. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had just been acquired in a business combination, and as if the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value of goodwill. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized for that excess. The fair values of our reporting units are determined based on a combination of various techniques, including the present value of future cash flows, earnings multiples of competitors and multiples from sales of like businesses.

Impairment Review for Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets
Intangible assets and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. If such a change in circumstances occurs, the related estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is compared to the carrying amount. If the sum of the expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, we record an impairment charge. The impairment charge is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. The fair value of impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and appraisals as appropriate.

Retirement Plans
In accordance with the retirement benefits accounting guidance, actual results that differ from our assumptions and estimates are accumulated and amortized over the estimated future working life of the plan participants and will therefore affect pension expense recognized in future periods. Net pension expense is based primarily on current service costs, interest costs and the returns on plan assets. In accordance with this approach, differences between the actual and expected return on plan assets are recognized over a five-year period. We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans on the balance sheet. Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and any remaining transition amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit costs are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost. We use a measurement date of December 31 for all of our retirement plans. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

During 2009, the Board of Directors approved and adopted a resolution amending both U.S. pension plans, the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan and the Pitney Bowes Pension Restoration Plan, to provide that benefit accruals as of December 31, 2014, will be determined and frozen and no future benefit accruals under the plans will occur after that date. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Stock-based Compensation
We account for stock-based awards exchanged for employee service in accordance with the share-based payment accounting guidance. We measure stock-based compensation cost at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and recognize the cost as expense on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the employee requisite service period. We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The expense is recorded in costs; selling, general and administrative expense; and research and development expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income based on the employees’ respective functions.

We record deferred tax assets for awards that will result in deductions on our income tax returns, based on the amount of compensation cost recognized and our statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which we will receive a deduction. Differences between the deferred tax assets recognized for financial reporting purposes and the actual tax deduction reported in our income tax return are recorded in expense or in capital in excess of par value (if the tax deduction exceeds the deferred tax asset or to the extent that previously recognized credits to paid-in-capital are still available if the tax deduction is less than the deferred tax asset).

Revenue Recognition
We derive our revenue from the sale of equipment, supplies, and software, rentals, financing, and support and business services. Revenue is recognized when earned. More specifically, revenue related to our offerings is recognized as follows:

46

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Sales Revenue

Sales of Equipment
We sell equipment to our customers, as well as to distributors and dealers (re-sellers) throughout the world. We recognize revenue from these sales upon the transfer of title, which is generally at the point of shipment. We do not typically offer any rights of return or stock balancing rights. Our sales revenue from customized equipment, mail creation equipment and shipping products is generally recognized when installed. We recognize revenue from the sale of equipment under sales-type leases as equipment revenue at the inception of the lease.

Embedded Software Sales
We sell equipment with embedded software to our customers. The embedded software is not sold separately, it is not a significant focus of the marketing effort and we do not provide post-contract customer support specific to the software or incur significant costs that are subject to capitalization. Additionally, the functionality that the software provides is marketed as part of the overall product. The software embedded in the equipment is incidental to the equipment as a whole such that the software revenue recognition accounting guidance is not applicable.

Sales of Supplies
Revenue related to supplies is recognized at the point of title transfer, which is typically upon shipment.

Standalone Software Sales and Integration Services
In accordance with software revenue accounting guidance, we recognize revenue from standalone software licenses upon delivery of the product when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed and determinable and collectibility is probable. For software licenses that are included in a lease contract, we recognize revenue upon shipment of the software unless the lease contract specifies that the license expires at the end of the lease or the price of the software is deemed not fixed or determinable based on historical evidence of similar software leases. In these instances, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease contract. We recognize revenue from software requiring integration services at the point of customer acceptance. We recognize revenue related to off-the-shelf perpetual software licenses upon transfer of title, which is upon shipment.

Rentals Revenue
We rent equipment to our customers, primarily postage meters and mailing equipment, under short-term rental agreements, generally for periods of 3 months to 5 years. Rental revenue includes revenue from the subscription for digital meter services. We invoice in advance for postage meter rentals. We defer the billed revenue and include it initially in advance billings. Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the rental agreement. We defer certain initial direct costs incurred in consummating a transaction and amortize these costs over the term of the agreement. The initial direct costs are primarily personnel-related costs. Rental property and equipment, net on our Consolidated Balance Sheets include $45.2 million and $55.3 million of these deferred costs at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Consolidated Statements of Income include the related amortization expense of $25.1 million, $27.7 million and $23.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Financing Revenue
We provide lease financing of our products primarily through sales-type leases. When a sales-type lease is consummated, we record the gross finance receivable, unearned income and the estimated residual value of the leased equipment. Residual values are estimated based upon the average expected proceeds to be received at the end of the lease term. We evaluate recorded residual values at least on an annual basis or as circumstances warrant. A reduction in estimated residual values could result in an impairment charge as well as a reduction in future financing income.

Unearned income represents the excess of the gross finance receivable plus the estimated residual value over the sales price of the equipment. We recognize unearned income as financing revenue using the interest method over the lease term.

We provide financing to our customers for the purchase of postage and related supplies. Financing revenue includes interest which is earned over the term of the loan and related fees which are recognized as services are provided.

Support Services Revenue
We provide support services for our equipment primarily through maintenance contracts. Revenue related to these agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, which typically is 1 to 5 years in length.

47

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Business Services Revenue
Business services revenue includes revenue from management services, mail services, and marketing services. Management services, which includes outsourcing of mailrooms, copy centers, or other document management functions, are typically 1 to 5 year contracts that contain a monthly service fee and in many cases a “click” charge based on the number of copies made, machines in use, etc. Revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement, based on monthly service charges, with the exception of the “click” charges, which are recognized as earned. Mail services include the preparation, sortation and aggregation of mail to earn postal discounts and expedite delivery and revenue is recognized as the services are provided. Marketing services include direct mail marketing services, and revenue is recognized over the term of the agreement as the services are provided.

Multiple Element Arrangements
Certain of our transactions are consummated at the same time. The most common form of these transactions involves the sale or lease of equipment, a meter rental and/or an equipment maintenance agreement. In these cases, revenue is recognized for each of the elements based on their relative fair values in accordance with the revenue recognition accounting guidance. Fair values of any meter rental or equipment maintenance agreement are determined by reference to the prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. Fair value of equipment is determined based upon the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Shipping and Handling
We include costs related to shipping and handling in cost of revenues for all periods presented.

Deferred Marketing Costs
We capitalize certain direct mail, telemarketing, Internet, and retail marketing costs, associated with the acquisition of new customers in accordance with the advertising costs accounting guidance. These costs are amortized over the expected revenue stream ranging from 5 to 9 years. We review individual marketing programs for impairment on a periodic basis or as circumstances warrant.

Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008 include $119.5 million and $130.8 million, respectively, of deferred marketing costs. The Consolidated Statements of Income include the related amortization expense of $43.5 million, $43.1 million and $43.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Restructuring Charges
We apply the provisions of the accounting guidance for costs associated with exit or disposal activities to account for one-time benefit arrangements and exit or disposal activities. It requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. We account for ongoing benefit arrangements in accordance with the nonretirement postemployment benefits accounting guidance which requires that a liability be recognized when the costs are probable and reasonably estimable. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in this assessment. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of such change.

Earnings per Share
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, whereas diluted earnings per share also gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares include preference stock, preferred stock, stock option and purchase plan shares.

48

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts
Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and expenses are translated at average monthly rates during the period. Net deferred translation gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity (deficit) in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Derivative Instruments
In the normal course of business, the company is exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations. The company limits these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives. The derivatives are used to manage the related cost of debt and to limit the effects of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on financial results.

In our hedging program, we normally use forward contracts, interest-rate swaps, and currency swaps depending upon the underlying exposure. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are reflected as gains or losses. The accounting for the gains or losses depends on the intended use of the derivative, the resulting designation, and the effectiveness of the instrument in offsetting the risk exposure it is designed to hedge.

To qualify as a hedge, a derivative must be highly effective in offsetting the risk designated for hedging purposes. The hedge relationship must be formally documented at inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge. The effectiveness of the hedge relationship is evaluated on a retrospective and prospective basis.

As a result of the use of derivative instruments, we are exposed to counterparty risk. To mitigate such risks, we enter into contracts with only those financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements as set forth in our derivative policy. We regularly review our credit exposure balances as well as the creditworthiness of our counterparties. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures on derivative instruments.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Recognition
In September 2009, new guidance was introduced addressing the accounting for revenue arrangements with multiple elements and certain revenue arrangements that include software. The new literature will allow companies to allocate consideration in a multiple element arrangement in a way that better reflects the economics of the transaction. This will result in the elimination of the residual method. In addition, tangible products that have software components that are “essential to the functionality” of the tangible product will be scoped out of the software revenue guidance. The new guidance will also result in more expansive disclosures. The new guidance will be effective on January 1, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance.

Pension Disclosures
On December 31, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance requiring more detailed disclosures about employers’ postretirement benefit plan assets, including investment strategies, major categories of assets, concentrations of risk within plan assets and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of assets. The Company has complied with the additional disclosure requirements. See Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for our postretirement benefit plan disclosures.

Noncontrolling Interests
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on noncontrolling interests. The new guidance addresses the accounting and reporting for the outstanding noncontrolling interest (previously referred to as minority interest) in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It also establishes additional disclosures in the consolidated financial statements that identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent’s owners and of the noncontrolling owners of a subsidiary. The guidance requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests while all other requirements of the guidance are applied prospectively.

Business Combinations
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on business combinations. The new guidance revises principles and requirements for how a company (a) recognizes and measures in their financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest (previously referred to as minority interest); (b) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and (c) determines what information to disclose to

49

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of a business combination. Some of the major impacts of this new guidance include expense recognition for transaction costs and restructuring costs. The adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
On January 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance on disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging activities. The new guidance impacts disclosures only and requires additional qualitative and quantitative information on the use of derivatives and their impact on an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Fair Value Measurements
On January 1, 2008, we adopted new accounting guidance on fair value measurements. The new guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. It was effective for certain financial assets and liabilities on January 1, 2008 and for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis on January 1, 2009. The adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion on fair value measurements.

2. Discontinued Operations

The following table shows selected financial information included in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Pre-tax income	 	$	20,624	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Tax provision	 	 	(28,733	)	 	(27,700	)	 	5,534	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of tax	 	$	(8,109	)	$	(27,700	)	$	5,534	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The 2009 net loss includes $9.8 million of pre-tax income ($6.0 million net of tax) for a bankruptcy settlement received during 2009 and $10.9 million of pre-tax income ($6.7 million net of tax) related to the expiration of an indemnity agreement associated with the sale of a former subsidiary. This income was more than offset by the accrual of interest on uncertain tax positions. The 2008 net loss of $27.7 million includes an accrual of tax and interest on uncertain tax positions. The 2007 net gain includes a benefit of $11.3 million and the accrual of $5.8 million of interest expense, both related to uncertain tax positions.

3. Acquisitions

There were no acquisitions during 2009.

On April 21, 2008, we acquired Zipsort, Inc. for $40 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Zipsort, Inc. acts as an intermediary between customers and the U.S. Postal Service. Zipsort, Inc. offers mailing services that include presorting of first class, standard class, flats, permit and international mail as well as metering services. We assigned the goodwill to the Mail Services segment.

50

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following table summarizes selected financial data for the opening balance sheet allocations of the Zipsort, Inc. acquisition in 2008:
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2008	 	

	 	
 	 	Zipsort, Inc.	 	

	 	
Purchase price allocation	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	 	$	708	 	
Other non-current assets	 	 	11,707	 	
Intangible assets	 	 	7,942	 	
Goodwill	 	 	25,294	 	
Current liabilities	 	 	(2,975	)	
Non-current liabilities	 	 	(2,885	)	

	

	 	
Purchase price, net of cash acquired	 	$	39,791	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	 	 	 	 	
Customer relationships	 	$	7,658	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	284	 	

	

	 	
Total intangible assets	 	$	7,942	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets amortization period	 	 	 	 	
Customer relationships	 	 	15 years	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	4 years	 	

	

	 	
Total weighted average	 	 	15 years	 	

	

	 	
During 2008, we also completed several smaller acquisitions with an aggregate cost of $29.7 million. These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our financial results.

The amount of tax deductible goodwill added from acquisitions in 2008 was $38.5 million.

Consolidated impact of acquisitions

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of operations of the acquired businesses from their respective dates of acquisition.

The following table provides unaudited pro forma consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 as if our acquisitions had been acquired on January 1 of each year presented:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	5,569,171	 	$	6,288,242	 	
The pro forma earnings results of these acquisitions were not material to net income or earnings per share. The pro forma consolidated results do not purport to be indicative of actual results that would have occurred had the acquisitions been completed on January 1, 2009 and 2008, nor do they purport to be indicative of the results that will be obtained in the future.

51

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

4. Inventories
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Raw materials and work in process	 	$	36,331	 	$	41,171	 	
Supplies and service parts	 	 	69,506	 	 	78,018	 	
Finished products	 	 	50,665	 	 	42,132	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	156,502	 	$	161,321	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
If all inventories valued at LIFO had been stated at current costs, inventories would have been $25.8 million and $24.4 million higher than reported at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In 2008, we recorded impairment charges to inventories for $13.6 million associated with our transition initiatives in the restructuring charges and asset impairments line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

5. Fixed Assets
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Land	 	$	32,517	 	$	32,367	 	
Buildings	 	 	384,257	 	 	387,478	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	 	1,413,630	 	 	1,469,717	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	1,830,404	 	 	1,889,562	 	
Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(1,315,500	)	 	(1,315,302	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	$	514,904	 	$	574,260	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rental equipment	 	$	813,544	 	$	932,389	 	
Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(453,337	)	 	(534,440	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Rental property and equipment, net	 	$	360,207	 	$	397,949	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Depreciation expense was $269.8 million, $306.8 million and $318.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Rental equipment is primarily comprised of postage meters.

52

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

6. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

The components of our purchased intangible assets are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2009	 	December 31, 2008	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	Gross
Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net
Carrying
Amount	 	Gross
Carrying
Amount	 	Accumulated
Amortization	 	Net
Carrying
Amount	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Customer relationships	 	$	428,888	 	$	(197,497	)	$	231,391	 	$	428,946	 	$	(160,396	)	$	268,550	 	
Supplier relationships	 	 	29,000	 	 	(13,292	)	 	15,708	 	 	29,000	 	 	(10,392	)	 	18,608	 	
Mailing software and technology	 	 	164,211	 	 	(103,388	)	 	60,823	 	 	160,069	 	 	(84,016	)	 	76,053	 	
Trademarks and trade names	 	 	35,855	 	 	(27,898	)	 	7,957	 	 	34,302	 	 	(22,541	)	 	11,761	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	7,753	 	 	(7,215	)	 	538	 	 	6,577	 	 	(5,727	)	 	850	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	$	665,707	 	$	(349,290	)	$	316,417	 	$	658,894	 	$	(283,072	)	$	375,822	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $69.1 million, $72.3 million and $65.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In 2008, we recorded impairment charges of $28.5 million and included these charges in the restructuring charges and asset impairments line of the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

The estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 is as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31,	 	Amount	 	

	 	
2010	 	$	59,000	 	
2011	 	 	52,000	 	
2012	 	 	45,000	 	
2013	 	 	41,000	 	
2014	 	 	37,000	 	
Thereafter	 	 	82,417	 	

	

	 	
 	 	$	316,417	 	

	

	 	
During 2009, we recorded no additions to intangible assets. During 2008, we recorded additions to intangible assets of $18.6 million. The components of these purchased intangible assets are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2008	 	

	 	
 	 	Amount	 	Weighted
Average Life	 	

	 	

	 	
Customer relationships	 	$	18,274	 	12 years	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	284	 	3 years	 	

	

	 	

	 	
 	 	$	18,558	 	11 years	 	

	

	 	

	 	
53

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reporting segment, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008 (1)	 	Acquired
during the
period	 	Other (2)	 	Balance at
December 31,
2009	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	221,315	 	$	—	 	$	(2,748	)	$	218,567	 	
International Mailing	 	 	322,230	 	 	—	 	 	20,319	 	 	342,549	 	
Production Mail	 	 	137,067	 	 	—	 	 	299	 	 	137,366	 	
Software	 	 	623,995	 	 	—	 	 	9,943	 	 	633,938	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	1,304,607	 	 	—	 	 	27,813	 	 	1,332,420	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	491,633	 	 	—	 	 	8,422	 	 	500,055	 	
Mail Services	 	 	260,793	 	 	—	 	 	(1,161	)	 	259,632	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	194,797	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	194,797	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	947,223	 	 	—	 	 	7,261	 	 	954,484	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	2,251,830	 	$	—	 	$	35,074	 	$	2,286,904	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2007 (1)	 	Acquired
during the
period	 	Other (2)	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008 (1)	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	205,190	 	$	4,034	 	$	12,091	 	$	221,315	 	
International Mailing	 	 	346,328	 	 	7,553	 	 	(31,651	)	 	322,230	 	
Production Mail	 	 	137,855	 	 	—	 	 	(788	)	 	137,067	 	
Software	 	 	669,436	 	 	—	 	 	(45,441	)	 	623,995	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	1,358,809	 	 	11,587	 	 	(65,789	)	 	1,304,607	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	519,089	 	 	—	 	 	(27,456	)	 	491,633	 	
Mail Services	 	 	227,163	 	 	33,103	 	 	527	 	 	260,793	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	194,797	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	194,797	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	941,049	 	 	33,103	 	 	(26,929	)	 	947,223	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	2,299,858	 	$	44,690	 	$	(92,718	)	$	2,251,830	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	We have reclassified prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.	
 	 	
(2)	“Other” includes post closing acquisition and foreign currency translation adjustments.	
54

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

7. Current Liabilities

Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations are composed of the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Accounts payable - trade	 	$	308,505	 	$	323,959	 	
Reserve account deposits	 	 	557,221	 	 	555,557	 	
Accrued salaries, wages and commissions	 	 	244,170	 	 	271,940	 	
Accrued restructuring charges	 	 	88,626	 	 	142,592	 	
Miscellaneous accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	549,732	 	 	628,351	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	$	1,748,254	 	$	1,922,399	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Notes payable	 	$	220,794	 	$	610,460	 	
Current portion of long-term debt & capital leases	 	 	5,228	 	 	160,041	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Notes payable & current portion of long-term obligations	 	$	226,022	 	$	770,501	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
In countries outside the U.S., banks generally lend to our non-finance subsidiaries on an overdraft or term-loan basis. These overdraft arrangements and term-loans, for the most part, are extended on an uncommitted basis by banks and do not require compensating balances or commitment fees.

Reserve account deposits represent customers’ prepayment of postage. Deposits are held by our subsidiary, Pitney Bowes Bank. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Notes payable are issued as commercial paper, loans against bank lines of credit, or to trust departments of banks and others at below prevailing prime rates. The weighted average interest rates were 0.09% and 1.36% on notes payable and overdrafts outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

We had unused credit facilities of $1.5 billion at December 31, 2009, primarily to support commercial paper issuances. Fees paid to maintain lines of credit were $0.8 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007.

55

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

8. Long-term Debt
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Recourse debt	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
0.64% to 1.88% credit facility due 2012	 	$	150,000	 	$	150,000	 	
2.72% to 4.63% notes due 2012	 	 	400,000	 	 	400,000	 	
3.88% notes due 2013	 	 	375,000	 	 	375,000	 	
4.88% notes due 2014	 	 	450,000	 	 	450,000	 	
5.00% notes due 2015	 	 	400,000	 	 	400,000	 	
4.75% notes due 2016	 	 	500,000	 	 	500,000	 	
5.75% notes due 2017	 	 	500,000	 	 	500,000	 	
4.75% notes due 2018 (1)	 	 	350,000	 	 	350,000	 	
1.79% to 3.02% notes due 2018	 	 	250,000	 	 	250,000	 	
6.25% notes due 2019	 	 	300,000	 	 	—	 	
5.25% notes due 2037	 	 	500,000	 	 	500,000	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value hedges basis adjustment (2)	 	 	52,788	 	 	76,043	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other (3)	 	 	(14,148	)	 	(16,178	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total long-term debt	 	$	4,213,640	 	$	3,934,865	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	In April 2003, we entered into an interest rate swap for an aggregate notional amount of $350 million. The interest rate swap effectively converted the fixed rate of 4.75% on $350 million of our notes, due 2018, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable by us in connection with the swap agreement were based on six month LIBOR less a spread of 22.8 basis points and the fixed rate received by us matched the fixed interest payment due on the notes. On November 21, 2008, we unwound this interest rate swap. This transaction was not undertaken for liquidity purposes but rather to fix our effective interest rate to 3.2% for the remaining term of these notes. We received $44 million, excluding accrued interest, associated with the unwind of this interest rate swap. This amount will be reflected as a reduction of interest expense over the remaining term of these notes.	
 	 	
(2)	The fair value hedges basis adjustment represents the revaluation of fixed rate debt that has been hedged in accordance with the derivatives and hedging accounting guidance.	
 	 	
(3)	Other consists primarily of debt discounts and premiums.	
On September 15, 2009, we repaid the 8.55% notes with a $150 million face value at their maturity. The repayment of these notes was funded through cash generated from operations and issuance of commercial paper. The notes were reported in current portion of long-term debt at December 31, 2008.

On June 29, 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap for an aggregate notional amount of $100 million to effectively convert our interest payments on a portion of the $400 million, 4.625% fixed rate notes due in 2012, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable are based on one month LIBOR plus 249 basis points. In July 2009, we entered into three additional interest rate swaps for an aggregate notional amount of $300 million to effectively convert our interest payments on the remainder of the $400 million, 4.625% fixed rate notes due in 2012, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable are based on one month LIBOR plus 248 basis points for $100 million notional amount and one month LIBOR plus 250 basis points for $200 million notional amount.

On March 2, 2009, we issued $300 million of 10-year fixed-rate notes with a coupon rate of 6.25%. The interest is paid semi-annually beginning September 15, 2009. The notes mature on March 15, 2019. We simultaneously unwound four forward starting swap agreements (forward swaps) used to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the forecasted issuance of the fixed-rate debt. The unwind of the derivatives resulted in a loss (and cash payment) of $20.3 million which was recorded to other comprehensive income, net of tax, and will be amortized to net interest expense over the 10-year term of the notes. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper.

56

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

On March 4, 2008, we issued $250 million of 10 year fixed rate notes with a coupon rate of 5.60%. The interest is paid semi-annually beginning September 2008. The notes mature on March 15, 2018. We simultaneously entered into two interest rate swaps for a total notional amount of $250 million to convert the fixed rate debt to a floating rate obligation bearing interest at 6 month LIBOR plus 111.5 basis points. The proceeds from these notes were used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of commercial paper and repurchase of our stock.

We are a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer with the SEC which allows us to issue debt securities, preferred stock, preference stock, common stock, purchase contracts, depositary shares, warrants and units.

The annual maturities of the outstanding long-term debt are as follows: 2010 – no maturities; 2011 – no maturities; 2012 – $550 million; 2013 – $375 million; 2014 – $450 million; and $2,800 million thereafter.

9. Income Taxes
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Continuing operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current	 	$	251,101	 	$	142,263	 	$	160,839	 	
Total deferred	 	 	(10,947	)	 	102,666	 	 	119,383	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	$	240,154	 	$	244,929	 	$	280,222	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
U.S. and international components of income from operations before income taxes are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Continuing operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S.	 	$	552,636	 	$	573,066	 	$	624,030 	 	
International	 	 	140,540	 	 	140,111	 	 	36,681 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total continuing operations	 	 	693,176	 	 	713,177	 	 	660,711 	 	
Discontinued operations (see Note 2)	 	 	20,624	 	 	—	 	 	— 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	713,800	 	$	713,177	 	$	660,711 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The effective tax rates for continuing operations for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were 34.6%, 34.3% and 42.4%, respectively. The effective tax rate for 2009 included $12.9 million of tax charges related to the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock, offset by $13.0 million of tax benefits from retirement of inter-company obligations and the repricing of leveraged lease transactions. The effective tax rate for 2008 included $12.0 million of tax increases related to the low tax benefit associated with restructuring expenses recorded during 2008, offset by adjustments of $9.5 million related to deferred tax assets associated with certain U.S. leasing transactions. The effective tax rate for 2007 included $54.0 million of tax charges related principally to a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and tax rate changes outside of the U.S.

57

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The items accounting for the difference between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and our provision for income taxes consist of the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Continuing operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal statutory provision	 	$	242,612	 	$	249,612	 	$	231,249	 	
State and local income taxes	 	 	11,109	 	 	19,820	 	 	12,281	 	
Foreign tax differential	 	 	(18,037	)	 	(2,605	)	 	2,379	 	
Foreign valuation allowance	 	 	—	 	 	4,560	 	 	51,724	 	
Rate change	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	2,485	 	
Tax exempt income/reimbursement	 	 	(2,748	)	 	(5,404	)	 	(6,743	)	
Federal income tax credits/incentives	 	 	(4,792	)	 	(15,118	)	 	(12,732	)	
Unrealized stock compensation benefits	 	 	12,852	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Certain leasing transactions	 	 	—	 	 	(9,550	)	 	—	 	
Other, net	 	 	(842	)	 	3,614	 	 	(421	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	240,154	 	 	244,929	 	 	280,222	 	
Discontinued operations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
External financing transactions (see Note 2)	 	 	28,733	 	 	27,700	 	 	(5,534	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total provision for income taxes	 	$	268,887	 	$	272,629	 	$	274,688	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The components of our total provision for income taxes are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Federal:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	 	$	217,005	 	$	112,931	 	$	136,528 	 	
Deferred	 	 	18,979	 	 	81,936	 	 	53,235 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	235,984	 	 	194,867	 	 	189,763 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
U.S. State and Local:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	 	 	30,981	 	 	17,058	 	 	12,813 	 	
Deferred	 	 	(13,067	)	 	13,434	 	 	6,083 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	17,914	 	 	30,492	 	 	18,896 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
International:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	 	 	31,848	 	 	39,974	 	 	5,964 	 	
Deferred	 	 	(16,859	)	 	7,296	 	 	60,065 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	14,989	 	 	47,270	 	 	66,029 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Current	 	 	279,834	 	 	169,963	 	 	155,305 	 	
Total Deferred	 	 	(10,947	)	 	102,666	 	 	119,383 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total provision for income taxes	 	$	268,887	 	$	272,629	 	$	274,688 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
58

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The components of our deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation	 	$	67,639	 	$	55,960	 	
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on sales to finance subsidiaries	 	 	287,928	 	 	355,069	 	
Lease revenue and related depreciation	 	 	427,040	 	 	385,780	 	
Amortizable intangibles	 	 	115,793	 	 	135,846	 	
Other	 	 	46,144	 	 	14,701	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	944,544	 	 	947,356	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax (assets):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Nonpension postretirement benefits	 	 	(119,420	)	 	(121,224	)	
Pension	 	 	(127,046	)	 	(167,158	)	
Inventory and equipment capitalization	 	 	(29,595	)	 	(30,839	)	
Restructuring charges	 	 	(9,619	)	 	(49,441	)	
Long-term incentives	 	 	(50,666	)	 	(58,735	)	
Net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards	 	 	(151,094	)	 	(137,479	)	
Tax uncertainties gross-up	 	 	(133,293	)	 	(86,559	)	
Other	 	 	(101,994	)	 	(103,896	)	
Valuation allowance	 	 	95,990	 	 	91,405	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Deferred tax (assets)	 	 	(626,737	)	 	(663,926	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net deferred taxes	 	 	317,807	 	 	283,430	 	
Amounts included in current and non-current income taxes	 	 	(24,348	)	 	23,930	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Deferred taxes on income	 	$	293,459	 	$	307,360	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately $285.4 million and $250.1 million, respectively, of foreign net operating loss carry forwards were available to us. Most of these losses can be carried forward indefinitely.

It has not been necessary to provide for income taxes on $830 million of cumulative undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S. These earnings will be either indefinitely reinvested or remitted substantially free of additional tax. Determination of the liability that would result in the event all of these earnings were remitted to the U.S. is not practicable. It is estimated, however, that withholding taxes on such remittances would approximate $16 million.

In 2006, guidance was issued addressing accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The guidance defines the confidence level that a tax position must meet in order to be recognized in the financial statements. The guidance requires a two-step approach under which the tax effect of a position is recognized only if it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained and the amount of the tax benefit recognized is equal to the largest tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement of the tax position. This is a different standard for recognition than the approach previously required. Both approaches require us to exercise considerable judgment and estimates are inherent in both processes. We adopted the provisions of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes on January 1, 2007. As a result, on initial adoption we recognized an $84.4 million increase in our liability for uncertain tax positions and a corresponding reduction to our opening retained earnings. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $515.6 million, $434.2 million and $398.9 million, respectively, of which $410.6 million, $370.9 million and $335.7 million, respectively, would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

59

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Balance at beginning of year	 	$	434,164	 	$	398,878	 	$	356,063	 	
Increases from prior period positions	 	 	65,540	 	 	21,623	 	 	28,762	 	
Decreases from prior period positions	 	 	(7,741	)	 	(8,899	)	 	(20,063	)	
Increases from current period positions	 	 	42,696	 	 	33,028	 	 	61,778	 	
Decreases from current period positions	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities	 	 	(3,173	)	 	(7,426	)	 	(2,165	)	
Reductions as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of limitations	 	 	(15,921	)	 	(3,040	)	 	(25,497	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance at end of year	 	$	515,565	 	$	434,164	 	$	398,878	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Tax authorities continually examine our tax filings. On a regular basis, we conclude tax return examinations, statutes of limitations expire, and court decisions interpret tax law. We regularly assess tax uncertainties in light of these developments. As a result, it is reasonably possible that the amount of our unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease in the next 12 months, but we expect this change to be less than 10% of our unrecognized tax benefits. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes or discontinued operations as appropriate. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 we recorded $23.0 million, $25.6 million and $9.5 million, respectively, in interest and penalties and this amount was included in discontinued operations. We had $185.6 million, $160.3 million and $134.7 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Other Tax Matters

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires us to exercise judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax law. The amount of reserves is adjusted when information becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Future changes in tax reserve requirements could have a material impact on our results of operations.

We are continually under examination by tax authorities in the United States, other countries and local jurisdictions in which we have operations. The years under examination vary by jurisdiction. The current IRS exam of tax years 2001-2004 is estimated to be completed within the next two years and the examination of years 2005-2008 has commenced. In connection with the 2001-2004 exam, we have received notices of proposed adjustments to our filed returns. Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. We are also disputing a formal request from the IRS in the form of a civil summons to provide certain company workpapers. We believe that certain documents being sought should not be produced because they are privileged. A decision by the Rhode Island U.S. District Court in a similar case that supported our position was overturned on appeal by the First Circuit Court of Appeals and the federal judicial circuits are now divided on this issue. The taxpayer in the First Circuit decision has filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court requesting review of the First Circuit decision. Also in connection with the 2001-2004 audits, we have entered into a settlement with the IRS regarding the tax treatment of certain lease transactions related to the Capital Services business that we sold in 2006. Prior to 2007, we accrued and paid the IRS the additional tax associated with this settlement. A variety of post-1999 tax years remain subject to examination by other tax authorities, including the U.K., Canada, France, Germany and various U.S. states. Tax reserves have been established which we believe to be appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. However, the resolution of such matters could have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

During 2009, we examined the taxes payable and deferred income tax accounts of the Company and determined that adjustments needed to be made to correct errors in these accounts. As a part of that process, we implemented certain changes to our tax accounting processes and procedures including implementing new tax software. These adjustments related primarily to our discontinued Capital Services business sold in 2006 and accumulated over an extended period dating back to the early 1990’s. The impact of these adjustments was not material to any individual prior period. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an additional $3.0 million tax provision, related primarily to state tax adjustments and international tax rate changes, and an additional $4.3 million provision in its loss from discontinued operations representing interest on Capital Services’ tax uncertainties; both of these adjustments relate to fiscal years 2007 and 2008. Other identified tax adjustments, totaling $98.9 million, relate primarily to

60

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

state income tax adjustments associated with the discontinued Capital Services’ leasing transactions for years prior to 2007 and are recorded as a reduction of 2007 opening retained earnings in the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit).

During 2009, we reversed tax benefits of $12.9 million associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units previously granted to our employees. During 2010, we expect to reverse tax benefits of approximately $15 million associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money vested stock options and the vesting of restricted stock units previously granted to our employees. These write-offs of deferred tax assets will not require the payment of any taxes.

10. Noncontrolling Interests (Preferred Stockholders’ Equity in Subsidiaries)

At December 31, 2008, Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc. (“PBIH”), a subsidiary of the Company, had 3,750,000 shares outstanding or $375 million of variable term voting preferred stock owned by certain outside institutional investors. These preferred shares were entitled as a group to 25% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of PBIH. All outstanding common stock of PBIH, representing the remaining 75% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock, was owned directly or indirectly by Pitney Bowes Inc. The preferred stock, $.01 par value, was entitled to cumulative dividends at rates set at auction. The weighted average dividend rate was 4.8% for the variable term voting preferred stock during 2009 and 2008.

In October 2009, PBIH issued 300,000 shares, or $300 million, of perpetual voting preferred stock to certain outside institutional investors. These preferred shares are entitled as a group to 25% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of PBIH. All outstanding common stock of PBIH, representing the remaining 75% of the combined voting power of all classes of capital stock, is owned directly or indirectly by Pitney Bowes Inc. The preferred stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 6.125% for a period of 7 years after which it becomes callable and, if it remains outstanding, will yield a dividend that increases by 150% every six months thereafter.

In October 2009, PBIH redeemed $344 million of its existing variable term voting preferred stock. The redemption was funded by a combination of the issuance of the $300 million perpetual voting preferred stock and commercial paper.

In December 2009, PBIH redeemed the remaining $31 million of its existing variable term voting preferred stock. The redemption was funded by cash flows from operations and the issuance of commercial paper.

Preferred dividends are included in Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests in the Consolidated Statements of Income. No dividends were in arrears at December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

A rollforward of noncontrolling interests is as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	
Beginning balance at January 1, 2007 and 2008	 	$	384,165	 	
Movements:	 	 	 	 	
Share redemptions (1)	 	 	(10,000	)	

	

	 	
Ending balance at December 31, 2008	 	$	374,165	 	
Movements:	 	 	 	 	
Share issuances	 	 	296,370	 	
Share redemptions	 	 	(374,165	)	

	

	 	
Ending balance at December 31, 2009	 	$	296,370	 	

	

	 	

(1)	At December 31, 2007, a subsidiary of the Company had 100 shares or $10 million of 9.11% Cumulative Preferred Stock, mandatorily redeemable in 20 years, owned by an institutional investor. In August 2008, we redeemed 100% of this Preferred Stock resulting in a net loss of $1.8 million.	

61

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

11. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

At December 31, 2009, 480,000,000 shares of common stock, 600,000 shares of cumulative preferred stock, and 5,000,000 shares of preference stock were authorized. At December 31, 2009, 207,197,828 shares of common stock (net of 116,140,084 shares of treasury stock), 85 shares of 4% convertible cumulative preferred stock (4% preferred stock) and 32,079 shares of $2.12 convertible preference stock ($2.12 preference stock) were issued and outstanding. In the future, the Board of Directors can issue the balance of unreserved and unissued preferred stock (599,915 shares) and preference stock (4,967,921 shares). The Board will determine the dividend rate, terms of redemption, terms of conversion (if any) and other pertinent features. At December 31, 2009, unreserved and unissued common stock (exclusive of treasury stock) amounted to 115,390,571 shares.

The 4% preferred stock outstanding, entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of $2 per year, can be redeemed at the Company’s option, in whole or in part at any time, at the price of $50 per share, plus dividends accrued to the redemption date. Each share of the 4% preferred stock can be converted into 24.24 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in certain events.

The $2.12 preference stock is entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of $2.12 per year and can be redeemed at the Company’s option at the rate of $28 per share. Each share of the $2.12 preference stock can be converted into 16.53 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment in certain events.

Cash dividends paid on common stock were $1.44 per share, $1.40 per share and $1.32 per share for 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

At December 31, 2009, a total of 532,326 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon conversion of the 4% preferred stock (2,060 shares) and $2.12 preference stock (530,266 shares). In addition, 40,739,191 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under our dividend reinvestment and other corporate plans.

The following table summarizes the preferred, preference and common stock outstanding:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Common Stock	 	

	 	
 	 	Preferred
Stock	 	Preference
Stock	 	Issued	 	Treasury	 	Outstanding	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2006	 	 	135	 	 	39,607	 	 	323,337,912	 	 	(102,724,590	)	 	220,613,322	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(9,075,104	)	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,934,801	 	 	 	 	
Conversions of common stock	 	 	—	 	 	(2,538	)	 	 	 	 	41,940	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2007	 	 	135	 	 	37,069	 	 	323,337,912	 	 	(108,822,953	)	 	214,514,959	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(9,246,535	)	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	896,030	 	 	 	 	
Conversions of common stock	 	 	—	 	 	(1,013	)	 	 	 	 	16,739	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2008	 	 	135	 	 	36,056	 	 	323,337,912	 	 	(117,156,719	)	 	206,181,193	 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	
Issuances of common stock	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	949,689	 	 	 	 	
Conversions of common stock	 	 	(50	)	 	(3,977	)	 	 	 	 	66,946	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance, December 31, 2009	 	 	85	 	 	32,079	 	 	323,337,912	 	 	(116,140,084	)	 	207,197,828	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
62

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are as follow:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments (1)	 	$	155,620	 	$	35,800	 	$	341,252	 	
Net unrealized loss on derivatives	 	 	(11,738	)	 	(18,952	)	 	(282	)	
Net unrealized gain on investment securities	 	 	649	 	 	932	 	 	352	 	
Amortization of pension and postretirement costs	 	 	53,589	 	 	36,261	 	 	22,172	 	
Net unamortized loss on pension and postretirement plans	 	 	(655,498	)	 	(650,382	)	 	(274,838	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income	 	$	(457,378	)	$	(596,341	)	$	88,656	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
(1) Includes net deferred translation gains of $22.5 million, $41.7 million and $47.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. These amounts are associated with inter-company loans denominated in a foreign currency that have been designated as a hedge of net investment.

12. Stock Plans

We account for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services in accordance with the share-based payment accounting guidance. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the employee requisite service period.

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense for stock options, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plans.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years Ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stock options	 	$	6,649	 	$	11,851	 	$	14,001	 	
Restricted stock units	 	 	14,888	 	 	11,168	 	 	7,115	 	
Employee stock purchase plans	 	 	224	 	 	3,383	 	 	3,015	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pre-tax stock-based compensation	 	$	21,761	 	$	26,402	 	$	24,131	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The following table shows stock-based compensation expense as included in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years Ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of equipment sales	 	$	1,486	 	$	1,802	 	$	1,649	 	
Cost of support services	 	 	640	 	 	777	 	 	710	 	
Cost of business services	 	 	884	 	 	1,073	 	 	980	 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	18,020	 	 	21,862	 	 	19,984	 	
Research and development	 	 	731	 	 	888	 	 	808	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pre-tax stock-based compensation	 	 	21,761	 	 	26,402	 	 	24,131	 	
Income tax	 	 	(7,458	)	 	(9,109	)	 	(8,277	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Stock-based compensation expense, net	 	$	14,303	 	$	17,293	 	$	15,854	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share impact	 	$	0.07	 	$	0.08	 	$	0.07	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share impact	 	$	0.07	 	$	0.08	 	$	0.07	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
63

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Capitalized stock-based compensation costs at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were not material.

At December 31, 2009, $4.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. At December 31, 2009, $23.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock units is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

No options were exercised during 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended 2008 and 2007, was $1.1 million and $28.1 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of restricted stock units converted during 2009 was $5.2 million. Proceeds from issuance of stock in our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for 2009, 2008 and 2007 include $0.0 million, $5.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively, of windfall tax benefits from stock options exercised and restricted stock units converted.

We settle employee stock compensation awards with treasury shares.

Our stock-based compensation awards require a minimum requisite service period of one year for retirement eligible employees to vest.

At December 31, 2009, there were 15,102,457 shares available for future grants of stock options and restricted stock units under our stock plans.

Incentive Awards
Long-term incentive awards are provided to employees under the terms of our plans. The Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors administers these plans. Awards granted under these plans may include stock options, restricted stock units, other stock based awards, cash or any combination thereof.

We have the following stock plans that are described below: the U.S. and U.K. Stock Option Plans (ESP), the U.S. and U.K. Employee Stock Purchase Plans (ESPP), and the Directors’ Stock Plan.

Stock Options
Under our stock plan, certain officers and employees are granted options at prices equal to the market value of our common shares at the date of grant. Options granted from 2005 through 2008 generally become exercisable in four equal installments during the first four years following their grant and expire ten years from the date of grant. Options granted on or after 2009 generally become exercisable in three equal installments during the first three years following their grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

The following tables summarize information about stock option transactions during 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Shares	 	Per share weighted
average exercise price	 	

	 	

	 	
Options outstanding at December 31, 2008	 	 	18,808,070	 	$	42.50	 	
Granted	 	 	1,638,709	 	$	24.75	 	
Exercised	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Canceled	 	 	(2,663,460	)	$	58.14	 	
Forfeited	 	 	(203,240	)	$	32.71	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Options outstanding at December 31, 2009	 	 	17,580,079	 	$	38.59	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

 	 	Shares	 	Per share weighted
average exercise price	 	

	 	

	 	
Options exercisable at December 31, 2009	 	 	13,756,746	 	$	39.93	 	
We granted 2,126,310 and 1,488,387 options in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The weighted average exercise price of the options granted was $36.74 and $47.17 in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the total options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2009 was 4.3 years and 3.2 years, respectively. The total options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009 had no intrinsic value.

64

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2008 was 4.3 years and 3.2 years, respectively. The total options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2008 had no intrinsic value.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options Outstanding	 	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	 	
Range of per share
exercise prices	 	Number	 	Weighted average
remaining contractual life	 	Per share weighted
average exercise price	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
$24.75 - $30.99	 	  3,315,684	 	4.2 years	 	$	25.97	 	
$31.00 - $36.99	 	  4,094,373	 	5.09 years	 	$	34.70	 	
$37.00 - $42.99	 	  4,480,366	 	4.16 years	 	$	41.14	 	
$43.00 - $48.03	 	  5,689,656	 	3.79 years	 	$	46.73	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	17,580,079	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	

Options Exercisable	 	

	

	

	

	

	

	 	
Range of per share
exercise prices	 	Number	 	Per share weighted
average exercise price	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
$24.75 - $30.99	 	  1,768,712	 	$	27.04	 	
$31.00 - $36.99	 	  2,630,074	 	$	33.57	 	
$37.00 - $42.99	 	  4,192,174	 	$	41.04	 	
$43.00 - $48.03	 	  5,165,786	 	$	46.69	 	

	 	 	 	 	
 	 	13,756,746	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	
Certain employees eligible for performance-based compensation may defer up to 100% of their annual awards, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pitney Bowes Deferred Incentive Savings Plan. Participants may allocate deferred compensation among specified investment choices. Previously, the investment choices offered included stock options under the U.S. stock option plan. Stock options acquired under this plan were generally exercisable three years following their grant and expired after a period not to exceed ten years from the date of grant. There were 99,993, 131,214 and 163,480 options outstanding under this plan at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, which are included in outstanding options under our U.S. stock option plan. Beginning with the 2004 plan year, options were no longer offered as an investment choice.

We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the volatility of our stock, the risk-free interest rate and our dividend yield. We believe that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in estimating the fair value of our stock option grants. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by employees who receive equity awards, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value we made under the share-based payments accounting guidance.

The fair value of stock options granted and related assumptions are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Expected dividend yield	 	 	4.5	%	 	 	3.0	%	 	 	2.9	%	 	
Expected stock price volatility (1)	 	 	21.4	%	 	 	12.3	%	 	 	13.7	%	 	
Risk-free interest rate (2)	 	 	2.4	%	 	 	2.7	%	 	 	4.7	%	 	
Expected life – years (3)	 	 	7.5	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	
Weighted-average fair value per option granted	 	$	3.04	 	 	$	3.22	 	 	$	6.69	 	 	

(1)	Our estimates of expected stock price volatility are based on historical price changes of our stock.	
 	 	
(2)	The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasuries with a term equal to the expected option term.	
 	 	
(3)	The expected life is based on historical experience.	
65

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Our stock plan permits the issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are stock awards that are granted to employees and entitle the holder to shares of common stock as the award vests, typically over a four year service period. The fair value of the awards is determined on the grant date based on our stock price at that date.

Restricted stock awards are subject to one or more restrictions, which may include continued employment over a specified period or the attainment of specified financial performance goals. Where a restricted stock award is subject to attainment of financial performance goals and subsequent tenure, if the performance objectives are achieved, the restrictions would be released, in total or in part, only if the executive is still employed by us at the end of the service period. Where the sole restriction of a restricted stock award is continued employment over a specified period, such period may not be less than three years. The compensation expense for each award is recognized over the service period. We did not issue any shares of restricted stock during 2009 or 2007. We issued 10,000 shares of restricted stock in 2008. We recorded compensation expense, net of taxes, of $0.1 million, $0.0 million and $0.7 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about restricted stock unit transactions during 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Units / Shares	 	Weighted average
grant date fair value	 	

	 	

	 	
Restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2008	 	 	791,281	 	$	40.50	 	
Granted	 	 	867,129	 	$	24.39	 	
Vested	 	 	(231,939	)	$	41.34	 	
Forfeited	 	 	(84,742	)	$	34.28	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Restricted stock units outstanding at December 31, 2009	 	 	1,341,729	 	$	30.55	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
We issued 512,415 shares and 334,442 shares of restricted stock units in 2008 and 2007, respectively. The weighted average grant price was $36.91 and $47.91 for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The intrinsic value of the outstanding restricted stock units at December 31, 2009 was $30.5 million, with a weighted average remaining term of 2.6 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans
The U.S. Employee Stock Purchase Plan enables substantially all U.S. and Canadian employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discounted offering price and is considered a compensatory plan in accordance the share-based payments accounting guidance. In 2009, the offering price was increased to 95% from 85% in 2008 of the average price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the offering date. At no time will the exercise price be less than the lowest price permitted under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. No future offerings were made under the U.K. S.A.Y.E. Plan after 2008. Prior to the time the offering ceased, eligible employees of our participating U.K. subsidiaries were able to purchase shares of our stock at a discounted offering price which was 90% of the average closing price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the three business days preceding the offering date. We may grant rights to purchase up to 5,686,017 common shares to our regular employees under the U.S. and U.K. Plans. Compensation expense relating to the U.S. Plan is recognized over a twelve month participation period. Compensation expense for the U.K. Plan is recognized over participation periods of 3 or 5 years.

We granted rights to purchase 540,660 shares in 2009, 437,350 shares in 2008 and 446,755 shares in 2007. The per share fair value of rights granted was $0 in 2009, $5 in 2008 and $8 in 2007 for the U.S. ESPP and $0 in 2009, $4 in 2008 and $7 in 2007 for the U.K. ESPP.

Directors’ Stock Plan
Under this plan, each non-employee director is granted 2,200 shares of restricted common stock annually. Shares granted at no cost to the directors were 26,400 in 2009, 26,400 in 2008 and 24,665 in 2007. Compensation expense, net of taxes, was $0.4 million for 2009, $0.6 million for 2008 and $0.8 for 2007. The shares carry full voting and dividend rights but, except as provided herein, may not be transferred or alienated until the later of (1) termination of service as a director, or, if earlier, the date of a change of control, or (2) the expiration of the six-month period following the grant of such shares. If a director terminates service as a director prior to the expiration of the six-month period following a grant of restricted stock, that award will be forfeited. The Directors’ Stock Plan permits certain limited dispositions of restricted common stock to family members, family trusts or partnerships, as well as donations

66

PITNEY BOWES INC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

to charity after the expiration of the six-month holding period, provided the director retains a minimum of 7,500 shares of restricted common stock.

Non-employee directors may defer up to 100% of their eligible compensation, subject to the terms and conditions of the Pitney Bowes Deferred Incentive Savings Plan for directors. Participants may allocate deferred compensation among specified investment choices. Previously, the investment choices offered included stock options under the Directors’ Stock Plan. Stock options acquired under this plan were generally exercisable three years following their grant and expired after a period not to exceed ten years. There were 15,269, 15,269 and 22,091 options outstanding under this plan at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Beginning with the 2004 plan year, options were no longer offered as an investment choice.

13. Fair Value Measurements

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the fair value measurements guidance for financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. The guidance emphasizes that an entity’s valuation technique for measuring fair value should maximize observable inputs and minimize unobservable inputs.

Non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities include those measured at fair value in goodwill and indefinite lived intangible asset impairment testing, and those non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination. The new fair value definition and disclosure requirements for these specific nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities were effective January 1, 2009.

The fair value measurement guidance established a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. Examples of Level 1 assets include money market securities and U.S. Treasury securities.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that trade infrequently; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Examples of Level 2 assets and liabilities include derivative contracts whose values are determined using a model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived from or corroborated by observable market data, such as mortgage-backed securities, asset backed securities, U.S. agency securities, and corporate notes and bonds.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or liability. These inputs may be derived with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value.

The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As required by the fair value measurements guidance, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

67

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Recurring Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 by Level	 	

	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	 	$	225,581	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	225,581	 	
Equity securities	 	 	—	 	 	21,027	 	 	—	 	 	21,027	 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies, and municipalities	 	 	53,173	 	 	28,754	 	 	—	 	 	81,927	 	
Corporate notes and bonds	 	 	—	 	 	13,305	 	 	—	 	 	13,305	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	296	 	 	—	 	 	296	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	19,708	 	 	—	 	 	19,708	 	
Derivatives	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate swaps	 	 	—	 	 	13,284	 	 	—	 	 	13,284	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	 	—	 	 	2,390	 	 	—	 	 	2,390	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total assets	 	$	278,754	 	$	98,764	 	$	—	 	$	377,518	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	$	—	 	$	3,050	 	$	—	 	$	3,050	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities	 	$	—	 	$	3,050	 	$	—	 	$	3,050	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Recurring Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 by Level	 	

	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	 	$	192,980	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	192,980	 	
Equity securities	 	 	—	 	 	19,541	 	 	—	 	 	19,541	 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies, and municipalities	 	 	30,583	 	 	14,411	 	 	—	 	 	44,994	 	
Corporate notes and bonds	 	 	—	 	 	7,703	 	 	—	 	 	7,703	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	2,658	 	 	—	 	 	2,658	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	31,431	 	 	—	 	 	31,431	 	
Derivatives	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest rate swaps	 	 	—	 	 	32,486	 	 	—	 	 	32,486	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total assets	 	$	223,563	 	$	108,230	 	$	—	 	$	331,793	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	$	—	 	$	286	 	$	—	 	$	286	 	
Treasury lock and forward starting swaps	 	 	—	 	 	31,326	 	 	—	 	 	31,326	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities	 	$	—	 	$	31,612	 	$	—	 	$	31,612	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Investment Securities

For our investments, we use the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and the valuation techniques use inputs that are observable, or can be corroborated by observable data, in an active marketplace.

68

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following information relates to our classification into the fair value hierarchy:

     •     Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper of companies and other highly liquid and low-risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

     •      U.S. Government Issued Debt: U.S. Governmental securities are valued using active, high volume trades for identical securities. Valuation adjustments are not applied so these securities are classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

     •     U.S. Agency Issued Debt: U.S. Agency issued debt is based on active, high volume trades for identical or comparable securities. Non-callable agency issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency issued debt securities are valued through benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. Our agency issued debt securities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

     •     Corporate Notes and Bonds: The fair value of corporate debt securities is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or bond spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

     •     Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”) and Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”): These securities are valued based on external pricing indices. When external index pricing is not observable, ABS and MBS are valued based on external price/spread data. If neither pricing method is available, we then utilize broker quotes. We verify that the unadjusted indices or broker quotes are reasonable and that the market is active by comparing prices across multiple (three or more) dealers. When inputs are observable and supported by an active market, asset backed securities and mortgage-backed securities are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Investment securities are largely composed of investments by The Pitney Bowes Bank (PBB). PBB, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is a Utah-chartered Industrial Loan Company (ILC). The bank’s investments at December 31, 2009 were $222.4 million. We reported these investments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash and cash equivalents of $151.3 million, short-term investments of $14.2 million and long-term investments, which are presented within other assets, of $56.9 million. The bank’s investments at December 31, 2008 were $196.9 million. We reported these investments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash and cash equivalents of $125.8 million, short-term investments of $18.3 million and long-term investments, which are presented within other assets, of $52.8 million.

The fair value measurements of PBB’s investments are determined by third party service providers (Zions - Liquid Asset Management and Utendahl Capital Management). To validate the accuracy of the portfolio valuation, we utilize independent third parties to price monthly a minimum of 20% of the portfolio balance, ensuring our sample includes all types of securities held in the portfolio. We review the results of the pricing sample to ensure that the initial fair value valuations are accurate. If the pricing can not be validated reasonably (plus or minus 3% for each security and plus or minus 1% for the entire sample), we take action to investigate the differences. We have not adjusted the initial values as variances have either been within these tolerance limits or confirmed through additional procedures. Additionally, we ensure that the fair value measurements are in accordance with the fair value measurements guidance and that we have properly classified our assets in the fair value hierarchy.

We have not experienced any write-offs in our investment portfolio. The majority of our mortgage-backed securities are either guaranteed or supported by the U.S. government. Market events have not caused our money market funds to experience declines in their net asset value below $1.00 dollar per share or to incur imposed limits on redemptions. We have no investments in inactive markets which would warrant a possible change in our pricing methods or classification within the fair value hierarchy. Further, we have no investments in auction rate securities.

Derivative Instruments

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes and foreign currency fluctuations. The company limits these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives. We

69

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

use derivatives to manage the related cost of debt and to limit the effects of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on financial results. We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

As required by the fair value measurements guidance, we have incorporated counterparty risk into the fair value of our derivative assets and our credit risk into the value of our derivative liabilities. We derive credit risk from observable data related to credit default swaps. We have not seen a material change in the creditworthiness of those banks acting as derivative counterparties.

The valuation of our interest rate swaps is based on the income approach using a model with inputs that are observable or that can be derived from or corroborated by observable market data. Our foreign exchange derivatives are measured at fair value using observable market inputs, such as forward rates.

The following is a summary of our derivative fair values at December 31, 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	
Designation of Derivatives	 	Balance Sheet Location	 	 	Fair Value	

	 	

	 	

	

	
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments	 	Other current assets and prepayments:	 	 	 	
 	 	Foreign exchange contracts	 	$	456	
 	 	Other assets:	 	 	 	
 	 	Interest rate swaps	 	 	13,284	
 	 	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:	 	 	 	
 	 	Foreign exchange contracts	 	 	1,114	
Derivatives not designated as hedging	 	 	 	 	 	
instruments	 	Other current assets and prepayments:	 	 	 	
 	 	Foreign exchange contracts	 	 	1,934	
 	 	Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:	 	 	 	
 	 	Foreign exchange contracts	 	 	1,936	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total Derivative Assets	 	$	15,674	
 	 	Total Derivative Liabilities	 	$	3,050	

	

	
 	 	Total Net Derivative Assets	 	$	12,624	

	

	
Interest Rate Swaps
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges include interest rate swaps related to fixed rate debt. Changes in the fair value of both the derivative and item being hedged are recognized in income.

In June 2009, we entered into an interest rate swap for an aggregate notional amount of $100 million to effectively convert our interest payments on a portion of the $400 million, 4.625% fixed rate notes due in 2012, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable are based on one month LIBOR plus 249 basis points. In July 2009, we entered into three additional interest rate swaps for an aggregate notional amount of $300 million to effectively convert our interest payments on the remainder of the $400 million, 4.625% fixed rate notes due in 2012, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable are based on one month LIBOR plus 248 basis points for $100 million notional amount and one month LIBOR plus 250 basis points for $200 million notional amount. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the derivatives was an asset of $4.7 million. Long-term debt was increased by $4.7 million at December 31, 2009.

In March 2008, we entered into two interest rate swaps for an aggregate notional amount of $250 million to effectively convert the fixed rate of 5.60% on $250 million of our notes, due 2018, into variable interest rates. The variable rates payable by us are based on six month LIBOR plus 111.5 basis points. At December 31, 2009, the fair value of the derivatives was an asset of $8.6 million. Long-term debt was increased by $8.6 million at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of the derivatives was an asset of $32.5 million. Long-term debt was increased by $32.5 million at December 31, 2008.

70

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following represents the results of our derivatives in fair value hedging relationships for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative Instrument	 	Location of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income	 	Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income	 	Hedged Item Income (Expense)
Recognized in Income	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Interest rate swaps	 	Interest expense	 	$	12,180	 	$	(23,250	)	
Foreign Exchange Contracts
We enter into foreign currency exchange contracts arising from the anticipated purchase of inventory between affiliates. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the cash flow hedges is included in other comprehensive income in the period that the change in fair value occurs and is reclassified to income in the same period that the hedged item is recorded in income. At December 31, 2009, we had 149 outstanding contracts with a notional amount of $27.8 million associated with these anticipated transactions and a derivative net liability position of $0.7 million. We had no outstanding contracts at December 31, 2008.

The following represents the results of cash flow hedging relationships for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivative Instrument	 	Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI
(Effective Portion) (1)	 	 	Location of Derivative
Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
AOCI into Income
(Effective Portion)	 	Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI to Income
(Effective Portion)	

	 	

	 	 	

	 	

	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	$	290	 	 	Revenue	 	$	—	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	 	(948	)	 	Cost of sales	 	 	—	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	
 	 	$	(658	)	 	 	 	$	—	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	

 	(1)	At December 31, 2008, there were no outstanding cash flow hedges and, therefore, the opening AOCI balance related to these types of hedges was $0. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, there were 82 derivatives that were entered into and settled during the year. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, these derivatives reduced revenue in the amount of $0.3 million and increased cost of sales in the amount of $1.7 million.	
 	 	 	
 	 	As of December 31, 2009, $0.3 million of the $0.7 million derivative loss recognized in OCI will be recognized in income within the next 12 months.	
 	 	 	
 	 	No amount of ineffectiveness was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income for these designated cash flow hedges.	
We also enter into foreign exchange contracts to minimize the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on intercompany loans and related interest that are denominated in a foreign currency. The revaluation of the short-term intercompany loans and interest and the mark-to-market on the derivatives are both recorded to income. At December 31, 2009, we had 21 outstanding foreign exchange contracts to buy or sell various currencies with a net liability value of less than $0.1 million. The contracts will expire by May 10, 2010. At December 31, 2008, the liability value of these derivatives was $0.3 million.

The following represents the results of our non-designated derivative instruments for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives Not Designated
as Hedging Instruments	 	Location of Derivative Gain (Loss)	 	Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Foreign exchange contracts	 	Selling, general and administrative expense	 	$	(861	)	
Net Investment Hedges
One of our intercompany loans denominated in a foreign currency is designated as a hedge of a net investment. The revaluation of this loan is reflected as a deferred translation gain or loss and thereby offsets a portion of the translation adjustment of the applicable foreign subsidiaries’ net assets. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we had one intercompany loan with an outstanding

71

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

value of $61.2 million and $119.2 million, respectively, designated as a net investment hedge. Deferred translation gains of $22.5 million and $41.7 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity (deficit) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following represents our net investment hedge at December 31, 2009:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Investment Hedging
Relationships	 	Loan Balance	 	Location of Deferred
Translation Gain (Loss)	 	Deferred
Translation
Gain (Loss)	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	
Non-derivative intercompany loan	 	$	61,209	 	Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	$	22,550	
Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features
At December 31, 2009, Pitney Bowes maintained investment grade ratings of A / A1. Certain of our derivative instruments contain provisions that would require us to post collateral upon a significant downgrade in our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings. Based on derivative values at December 31, 2009, we would have been required to post $1.3 million in collateral had our long-term senior unsecured debt ratings fallen below BB- / Ba3.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of our financial instruments follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31, 2009	 	December 31, 2008	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	Carrying
value (1)	 	Fair value	 	Carrying
value (1)	 	Fair value	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Investment securities	 	$	360,800	 	$	361,845	 	$	297,829	 	$	299,307	 	
Loans receivable	 	$	478,191	 	$	478,191	 	$	528,800	 	$	528,800	 	
Derivatives, net	 	$	12,624	 	$	12,624	 	$	874	 	$	874	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	(4,271,555	)	$	(4,409,961	)	$	(3,990,134	)	$	(3,880,418	)	
(1) Carrying value includes accrued interest and deferred fee income, where applicable.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted dealer prices for the same or similar issues. The carrying value for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans receivable, accounts payable and notes payable approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

14. Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments

We recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and asset impairments of $48.7 million and $200.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

2009 Program

In 2009, we announced that we are undertaking a series of initiatives that are designed to transform and enhance the way we operate as a global company. In order to enhance our responsiveness to changing market conditions, we are executing a strategic transformation program designed to create improved processes and systems to further enable us to invest in future growth in areas such as our global customer interactions and product development processes. This program is expected to continue into 2012 and will result in the reduction of up to 10 percent of the positions in the company. We expect the total pre-tax cost of this program will be in the range of $250 million to $350 million primarily related to severance and benefit costs incurred in connection with such workforce reductions. Most of the total pre-tax costs will be cash-related charges. Currently, we are targeting annualized benefits, net of system and related investments, in the range of at least $150 million to $200 million on a pre-tax basis. These costs and the related benefits will be recognized as different actions are approved and implemented.

During 2009, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $67.3 million, of which $55.8 million related to severance and benefit costs and $11.5 million related to other exit costs associated with this new transformation project. As of December 31, 2009, 548 employee

72

 	
PITNEY BOWES INC.	
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)	
terminations have occurred. The majority of the liability at December 31, 2009 is expected to be paid during the next twelve months from cash generated from operations.

Pre-tax restructuring reserves at December 31, 2009 for the restructuring actions taken in connection with the 2009 program are composed of the following:

2009 Program
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008	 	Expenses	 	Cash payments	 	Non-cash
charges	 	Balance at
December 31,
2009	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	—	 	$	55,836	 	$	(9,941	)	$	—	 	$	45,895 	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	—	 	 	18	 	 	—	 	 	(18	)	 	— 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	—	 	 	11,492	 	 	(4,685	)	 	—	 	 	6,807 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	—	 	$	67,346	 	$	(14,626	)	$	(18	)	$	52,702 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
2007 Program

We announced a program in November 2007 to lower our cost structure, accelerate efforts to improve operational efficiencies, and transition our product line. The program included charges primarily associated with older equipment that we had stopped selling upon transition to the new generation of fully digital, networked, and remotely-downloadable equipment.

In 2009, we recorded a pre-tax adjustment to restructuring charges and asset impairments for $18.6 million due to lower than anticipated charges associated with the program announced in November 2007.

In 2008, we recorded pre-tax restructuring charges and asset impairments of $200.3 million, the majority of which related to the program announced in November 2007. These charges included severance and benefit costs of $118.2 million, asset impairment charges related to older technology equipment of $28.5 million and other assets of $2.2 million. Other exit costs of $35.3 million related primarily to lease termination fees, facility closing costs, contract cancellation costs and outplacement costs.

Additional asset impairments, unrelated to restructuring, were also recorded in 2008 and related to intangible assets of $16.0 million principally due to a loss of a customer in one of our marketing consulting businesses and the ongoing shift in market conditions for the litigation support vertical in our Management Services business.

As of December 31, 2009, 2,999 terminations have occurred under this program. The majority of the liability at December 31, 2009 is expected to be paid during the next twelve months from cash generated from operations.

Pre-tax restructuring reserves at December 31, 2009 for the restructuring program announced in November 2007 are composed of the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2007 Program	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008	 	Expenses	 	Cash payments	 	Non-cash
charges	 	Balance at
December 31,
2009	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	108,431	 	$	(14,721	)	$	(78,691	)	$	—	 	$	15,019 	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	—	 	 	(3,879	)	 	—	 	 	3,879	 	 	— 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	32,678	 	 	—	 	 	(11,773	)	 	—	 	 	20,905 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	141,109	 	$	(18,600	)	$	(90,464	)	$	3,879	 	$	35,924 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
73

 	
PITNEY BOWES INC.	
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)	

 	 	Balance at
December 31,
2007	 	Expenses	 	Cash
payments	 	Non-cash
charges	 	Balance at
December 31,
2008	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Severance and benefit costs	 	$	81,251	 	$	118,239	 	$	(91,059	)	$	—	 	$	108,431 	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	—	 	 	46,695	 	 	—	 	 	(46,695	)	 	— 	 	
Other exit costs	 	 	5,795	 	 	35,320	 	 	(8,437	)	 	—	 	 	32,678 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	87,046	 	$	200,254	 	$	(99,496	)	$	(46,695	)	$	141,109 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
15. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in or party to a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with customers; or disputes with employees. Some of these actions may be brought as a purported class action on behalf of a purported class of employees, customers or others.

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Imagitas, Inc., is a defendant in ten purported class actions filed in six different states. These lawsuits have been coordinated in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida,  In re: Imagitas, Driver’s Privacy Protection Act Litigation (Coordinated, May 28, 2007). Each of these lawsuits alleges that the Imagitas DriverSource program violates the federal Drivers Privacy Protection Act (DPPA). Under the DriverSource program, Imagitas entered into contracts with state governments to mail out automobile registration renewal materials along with third party advertisements, without revealing the personal information of any state resident to any advertiser. The DriverSource program assisted the state in performing its governmental function of delivering these mailings and funding the costs of them. The plaintiffs in these actions are seeking statutory damages under the DPPA. On April 9, 2008, the District Court granted Imagitas’ motion for summary judgment in one of the coordinated cases,  Rine, et al. v. Imagitas, Inc . (United States District Court, Middle District of Florida, filed August 1, 2006). On July 30, 2008, the District Court issued a final judgment in the  Rine  lawsuit and stayed all of the other cases filed against Imagitas pending an appellate decision in  Rine . On August 27, 2008, the  Rine  plaintiffs filed an appeal of the District Court’s decision in the United States Court of Appeals, Eleventh Judicial Circuit (the “Circuit Court”). On December 21, 2009, the Circuit Court affirmed the District Court decision. On January 8, 2010, the Rine plaintiffs filed a petition for rehearing en banc with the Circuit Court.

We expect to prevail in the lawsuits against Imagitas; however, as litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurance in this regard. If the plaintiffs do prevail, the results may have a material effect on our financial position, future results of operations or cash flows, including, for example, our ability to offer certain types of goods or services in the future.

On October 28, 2009, the Company and certain of our current and former officers, were named as defendants in NECA-IBEW Health & Welfare Fund v. Pitney Bowes Inc. et al. ,  a class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut. The complaint asserts claims under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of those who purchased the common stock of the Company during the period between July 30, 2007 and October 29, 2007 alleging that the company, in essence, missed two financial projections. We believe this case is without merit and intend to defend it vigorously.

Product Warranties

We provide product warranties in conjunction with certain product sales, generally for a period of 90 days from the date of installation. Our product warranty liability reflects our best estimate of probable liability for product warranties based on historical claims experience, which has not been significant, and other currently available evidence. Accordingly, our product warranty liability at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, was not material.

74

 	
PITNEY BOWES INC.	
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)	
16. Leases

In addition to factory and office facilities owned, we lease similar properties, as well as sales and service offices, equipment and other properties, generally under long-term operating lease agreements extending from 3 to 25 years.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Years ending December 31,	 	Operating leases	 	 	 	 	

	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	109,603	 	 	 	 	
2011	 	 	79,739	 	 	 	 	
2012	 	 	56,388	 	 	 	 	
2013	 	 	33,118	 	 	 	 	
2014	 	 	19,623	 	 	 	 	
Thereafter	 	 	23,453	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Total minimum lease payments	 	$	321,924	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Rental expense was $124.5 million, $129.1 million and $146.9 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

17. Finance Assets

Finance Receivables

Finance receivables are comprised of sales-type leases and customer loan receivables. Sales-type leases are generally due in monthly, quarterly or semi-annual installments over periods ranging from 3 to 5 years. Customer loan receivables arise primarily from financing services offered to our customers for postage, supplies and shipping payments.

The components of finance receivables were as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Gross finance receivables	 	$	3,117,741	 	$	3,338,799	 	
Unguaranteed residual values	 	 	282,208	 	 	273,529	 	
Unearned income	 	 	(601,431	)	 	(664,828	)	
Allowance for credit losses	 	 	(72,158	)	 	(71,790	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net investment in finance receivables	 	$	2,726,360	 	$	2,875,710	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net investment in finance receivables include net customer loan receivables at December 31, 2009 and 2008 of $478.2 million and $528.8 million, respectively. Customer loan receivables are generally due each month, however, customers may rollover outstanding balances. See discussion on Pitney Bowes Bank below.

Maturities of gross finance receivables are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Years ending December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2010	 	$	1,516,802	 	 	 	 	
2011	 	 	701,201	 	 	 	 	
2012	 	 	478,911	 	 	 	 	
2013	 	 	286,755	 	 	 	 	
2014	 	 	113,598	 	 	 	 	
Thereafter	 	 	20,474	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	3,117,741	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
75

 	
PITNEY BOWES INC.	
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)	
Pitney Bowes Bank

The Pitney Bowes Bank (PBB), our wholly owned subsidiary, is a Utah-chartered Industrial Loan Company (ILC). At December 31, 2009, PBB had assets of $687 million and liabilities of $632 million. The bank’s assets consist of finance receivables, short and long-term investments and cash. PBB’s key product offering, Purchase Power, is a revolving credit solution, which enables customers to finance their postage costs when they refill their meter. PBB earns revenue through transaction fees, finance charges on outstanding balances, and other fees for services. The bank’s liabilities consist primarily of PBB’s deposit solution, Reserve Account, which provides value to large-volume mailers who prefer to prepay postage and earn interest on their deposits. PBB is regulated by the FDIC and the Utah Department of Financial Institutions.

Leveraged Leases

Our investment in leveraged lease assets consists of the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Rental receivables	 	 	 	 	$	1,747,811	 	$	1,523,617	 	
Unguaranteed residual values	 	 	 	 	 	13,399	 	 	11,522	 	
Principal and interest on non-recourse loans	 	 	 	 	 	(1,341,820	)	 	(1,173,789	)	
Unearned income	 	 	 	 	 	(186,031	)	 	(159,429	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Investment in leveraged leases	 	 	 	 	 	233,359	 	 	201,921	 	
Less: Deferred taxes related to leveraged leases	 	 	 	 	 	(175,329	)	 	(149,262	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net investment in leveraged leases	 	 	 	 	$	58,030	 	$	52,659	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The following is a summary of the components of income from leveraged leases:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Pre-tax leveraged lease income	 	$	918	 	$	316	 	$	4,270 	 	
Income tax effect	 	 	6,676	 	 	7,063	 	 	1,186 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from leveraged leases	 	$	7,594	 	$	7,379	 	$	5,456 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from leveraged leases was positively impacted by $2.8 million and $2.6 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively, and negatively impacted by $0.2 million in 2007 due to changes in statutory tax rates.

76

 	
PITNEY BOWES INC.	
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)	
18. Business Segment Information

We conduct our business activities in seven reporting segments within two business groups, Mailstream Solutions and Mailstream Services. The principal products and services of each of our reporting segments are as follows:
 	 	
Mailstream Solutions:	
 	 	
 	U.S. Mailing: Includes the U.S. revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental and financing of our mail finishing, mail creation, shipping equipment and software; supplies; support and other professional services; and payment solutions.	
 	 	
 	International Mailing: Includes the non-U.S. revenue and related expenses from the sale, rental and financing of our mail finishing, mail creation, shipping equipment and software; supplies; support and other professional services; and payment solutions.	
 	 	
 	Production Mail: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale, financing, support and other professional services of our high-speed, production mail systems and sorting equipment.	
 	 	
 	Software: Includes the worldwide revenue and related expenses from the sale and support services of non-equipment-based mailing, customer communication and location intelligence software.	
 	 	
Mailstream Services:	
 	 	
 	Management Services: Includes worldwide facilities management services; secure mail services; reprographic, document management services; and litigation support and eDiscovery services.	
 	 	
 	Mail Services: Includes presort mail services and cross-border mail services.	
 	 	
 	Marketing Services: Includes direct marketing services for targeted customers.	
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

EBIT, a non-GAAP measure, is useful to management in demonstrating the operational profitability of the segments by excluding interest and taxes, which are generally managed across the entire company on a consolidated basis. EBIT is determined by deducting from revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT also excludes general corporate expenses, restructuring charges and asset impairments. Identifiable assets are those used in our operations and exclude cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and general corporate assets. Long-lived assets exclude finance receivables and investment in leveraged leases.

As a result of certain organizational changes made during 2009, we have reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. The amounts reclassified did not have a material impact to our segment disclosures.

77

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Revenue and earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) by business segment and geographic area follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Revenue	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	2,016,259	 	$	2,250,399	 	$	2,409,211	 	
International Mailing	 	 	920,398	 	 	1,133,652	 	 	1,069,713	 	
Production Mail	 	 	525,745	 	 	616,255	 	 	622,699	 	
Software	 	 	345,739	 	 	399,814	 	 	326,359	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	3,808,141	 	 	4,400,120	 	 	4,427,982	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	1,060,907	 	 	1,172,170	 	 	1,134,767	 	
Mail Services	 	 	559,200	 	 	541,776	 	 	441,353	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	140,923	 	 	148,239	 	 	125,693	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	1,761,030	 	 	1,862,185	 	 	1,701,813	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	5,569,171	 	$	6,262,305	 	$	6,129,795	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Geographic areas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	3,979,493	 	$	4,335,650	 	$	4,394,156	 	
Outside the United States	 	 	1,589,678	 	 	1,926,655	 	 	1,735,639	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	5,569,171	 	$	6,262,305	 	$	6,129,795	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	EBIT	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2007 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	743,108	 	$	890,356	 	$	966,612 	 	
International Mailing	 	 	128,084	 	 	184,667	 	 	162,257 	 	
Production Mail	 	 	51,037	 	 	81,514	 	 	74,364 	 	
Software	 	 	37,335	 	 	28,335	 	 	37,031 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	959,564	 	 	1,184,872	 	 	1,240,264 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	72,307	 	 	70,173	 	 	76,051 	 	
Mail Services	 	 	82,723	 	 	68,800	 	 	56,416 	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	22,938	 	 	21,291	 	 	6,984 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	177,968	 	 	160,264	 	 	139,451 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	1,137,532	 	$	1,345,136	 	$	1,379,715 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Geographic areas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	971,725	 	$	1,100,900	 	$	1,177,920 	 	
Outside the United States	 	 	165,807	 	 	244,236	 	 	201,795 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	1,137,532	 	$	1,345,136	 	$	1,379,715 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
78

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Additional segment information is as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2007 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	139,176	 	$	146,422	 	$	160,969 	 	
International Mailing	 	 	53,667	 	 	63,389	 	 	67,192 	 	
Production Mail	 	 	7,079	 	 	7,358	 	 	10,092 	 	
Software	 	 	34,505	 	 	37,317	 	 	26,864 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	234,427	 	 	254,486	 	 	265,117 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	44,809	 	 	65,320	 	 	65,480 	 	
Mail Services	 	 	31,071	 	 	32,045	 	 	27,573 	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	8,876	 	 	8,380	 	 	10,261 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	84,756	 	 	105,745	 	 	103,314 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	319,183	 	$	360,231	 	$	368,431 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2007 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Capital expenditures:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	78,808	 	$	100,783	 	$	92,640	 	
International Mailing	 	 	25,448	 	 	45,473	 	 	64,241	 	
Production Mail	 	 	1,292	 	 	3,613	 	 	3,435	 	
Software	 	 	4,371	 	 	12,519	 	 	7,755	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	109,919	 	 	162,388	 	 	168,071	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	19,766	 	 	28,152	 	 	52,540	 	
Mail Services	 	 	21,058	 	 	30,344	 	 	21,431	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	514	 	 	1,730	 	 	91	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	41,338	 	 	60,226	 	 	74,062	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	151,257	 	$	222,614	 	$	242,133	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
79

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Identifiable assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Mailing	 	$	2,948,520	 	$	3,092,653	 	
International Mailing	 	 	1,677,082	 	 	1,688,275	 	
Production Mail	 	 	617,483	 	 	594,646	 	
Software	 	 	944,248	 	 	994,491	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Solutions	 	 	6,187,333	 	 	6,370,065	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Management Services	 	 	879,390	 	 	905,410	 	
Mail Services	 	 	516,274	 	 	508,308	 	
Marketing Services	 	 	234,216	 	 	293,322	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Mailstream Services	 	 	1,629,880	 	 	1,707,040	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	7,817,213	 	$	8,077,105	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Identifiable long-lived assets by geographic areas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	2,846,443	 	$	3,013,369	 	
Outside the United States	 	 	909,099	 	 	1,057,967	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	3,755,542	 	$	4,071,336	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

Reconciliation of Segment Amounts to Consolidated Totals:	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
EBIT:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total EBIT for reportable segments	 	$	1,137,532	 	$	1,345,136	 	$	1,379,715	 	
Unallocated amounts:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest, net	 	 	(203,906	)	 	(216,450	)	 	(241,871	)	
Corporate expense	 	 	(187,254	)	 	(209,543	)	 	(210,544	)	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments	 	 	(48,746	)	 	(200,254	)	 	(264,013	)	
Other items	 	 	(4,450	)	 	(5,712	)	 	(2,576	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	 	$	693,176	 	$	713,177	 	$	660,711 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total depreciation and amortization for reportable segments	 	$	319,183	 	$	360,231	 	$	368,431	 	
Corporate depreciation	 	 	19,712	 	 	18,886	 	 	14,710	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated depreciation and amortization	 	$	338,895	 	$	379,117	 	$	383,141	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Capital expenditures:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total additions for reportable segments	 	$	151,257	 	$	222,614	 	$	242,133	 	
Unallocated amounts	 	 	15,471	 	 	14,694	 	 	22,523	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated capital expenditures	 	$	166,728	 	$	237,308	 	$	264,656	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Total assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total identifiable assets by reportable segments	 	$	7,817,213	 	$	8,077,105	 	
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments	 	 	427,419	 	 	398,222	 	
General corporate assets	 	 	289,279	 	 	334,909	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Consolidated assets	 	$	8,533,911	 	$	8,810,236	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
80

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

19. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits

We have several defined benefit and defined contribution retirement plans covering substantially all employees worldwide. Benefits are primarily based on employees’ compensation and years of service. Our contributions are determined based on the funding requirements of U.S. federal and other governmental laws and regulations. We use a measurement date of December 31 for all of our retirement plans.

U.S. employees hired after January 1, 2005, Canadian employees hired after April 1, 2005, and U.K. employees hired after July 1, 2005, are not eligible for our defined benefit retirement plans.

During 2009, the Board of Directors approved and adopted a resolution amending both U.S. pension plans, the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan and the Pitney Bowes Pension Restoration Plan, to provide that benefit accruals as of December 31, 2014, will be determined and frozen and no future benefit accruals under the plans will occur after that date. Due to the freezes, the assets and liabilities of the plans were re-measured, resulting in a reduction of pension expense of $2.0 million for 2009. This expense reduction was offset by a one-time curtailment loss of $2.1 million which represents the unamortized prior service costs as of December 31, 2014.

During 2009, we voluntarily contributed a total of $125 million in cash to our global defined benefit pension plans in excess of legally required minimum contributions to increase the funding levels of the plans. Specifically, $100 million was contributed to the U.S. qualified plan and $25 million to certain foreign qualified plans.

For our U.S. defined contribution plans, we contributed $27.2 million, $32.1 million and $30.5 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The change in benefit obligations, plan assets and the funded status for defined benefit pension plans are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	 	$	1,605,380	 	$	1,596,486	 	$	384,507	 	$	557,185	 	
Service cost	 	 	24,274	 	 	29,699	 	 	6,853	 	 	10,562	 	
Interest cost	 	 	93,997	 	 	96,205	 	 	25,200	 	 	29,140	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	2,231	 	 	2,978	 	
Actuarial loss (gain)	 	 	17,698	 	 	528	 	 	63,325	 	 	(75,728	)	
Foreign currency changes	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	45,858	 	 	(117,234	)	
Settlement / curtailment	 	 	(24,297	)	 	—	 	 	(1,579	)	 	—	 	
Special termination benefits	 	 	112	 	 	2,105	 	 	2,012	 	 	632	 	
Benefits paid	 	 	(117,658	)	 	(119,643	)	 	(20,475	)	 	(23,028	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Benefit obligation at end of year	 	$	1,599,506	 	$	1,605,380	 	$	507,932	 	$	384,507	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
81

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	$	1,175,271	 	$	1,675,002	 	$	312,206	 	$	532,627	 	
Actual return on plan assets	 	 	177,119	 	 	(390,374	)	 	48,128	 	 	(101,822	)	
Company contributions	 	 	115,313	 	 	10,286	 	 	32,755	 	 	7,868	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	2,231	 	 	2,978	 	
Foreign currency changes	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	39,468	 	 	(106,417	)	
Benefits paid	 	 	(117,658	)	 	(119,643	)	 	(20,475	)	 	(23,028	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	$	1,350,045	 	$	1,175,271	 	$	414,313	 	$	312,206	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Funded status, end of year:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	$	1,350,045	 	$	1,175,271	 	$	414,313	 	$	312,206	 	
Benefit obligations at end of year	 	 	1,599,506	 	 	1,605,380	 	 	507,932	 	 	384,507	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Funded status	 	$	(249,461	)	$	(430,109	)	$	(93,619	)	$	(72,301	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Information provided in the table below is only for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2009 and 2008:	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Projected benefit obligation	 	$	1,599,506	 	$	1,605,380	 	$	505,673	 	$	118,726	 	
Accumulated benefit obligation	 	$	1,568,618	 	$	1,501,848	 	$	464,362	 	$	109,424	 	
Fair value of plan assets	 	$	1,350,045	 	$	1,175,271	 	$	411,573	 	$	78,018	 	
The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. defined benefit plans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all foreign defined benefit plans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $466 million and $337 million, respectively.

82

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	2009 	 	2008 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-current asset	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	484	 	$	184	 	
Current liability	 	 	(19,424	)	 	(6,513	)	 	(957	)	 	(875	)	
Non-current liability	 	 	(230,037	)	 	(423,596	)	 	(93,146	)	 	(71,610	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net amount recognized	 	$	(249,461	)	$	(430,109	)	$	(93,619	)	$	(72,301	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pre-tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial loss	 	$	742,921	 	$	833,674	 	$	161,441	 	$	119,733	 	
Prior service cost/(credit)	 	 	(40	)	 	(113	)	 	756	 	 	1,211	 	
Transition obligation (asset)	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(196	)	 	(97	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	742,881	 	$	833,561	 	$	162,001	 	$	120,847	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The estimated amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefits cost in 2010 are as follows:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial loss	 	$	30,936	 	 	 	 	$	3,858	 	 	 	 	
Prior service cost/(credit)	 	 	(2,999	)	 	 	 	 	471	 	 	 	 	
Transition obligation	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	(10	)	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	27,937	 	 	 	 	$	4,319	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted average assumptions used to determine end of year benefit obligations:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Discount rate	 	 	5.75	%	 	6.05	%	 	2.25% - 6.00	%	 	2.25% - 6.60	%	
Rate of compensation increase	 	 	3.50	%	 	4.25	%	 	2.50% - 5.60	%	 	2.50% - 5.10	%	
At December 31, 2009 there were no shares of our common stock included in the plan assets of our pension plans.

We anticipate making contributions of up to $20 million each to our U.S. and foreign pension plans during 2010. We will reassess our funding alternatives as the year progresses.

The components of the net periodic benefit cost for defined pension plans are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Service cost	 	$	24,274	 	$	29,699	 	$	28,500	 	$	6,853	 	$	10,562	 	$	13,427	 	
Interest cost	 	 	93,997	 	 	96,205	 	 	94,173	 	 	25,200	 	 	29,140	 	 	27,720	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	(120,662	)	 	(132,748	)	 	(127,070	)	 	(27,193	)	 	(36,713	)	 	(37,079	)	
Amortization of transition cost	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(61	)	 	142	 	 	(706	)	
Amortization of prior service cost	 	 	(2,547	)	 	(2,560	)	 	(2,116	)	 	446	 	 	628	 	 	663	 	
Recognized net actuarial loss	 	 	26,063	 	 	18,944	 	 	29,860	 	 	2,486	 	 	3,981	 	 	7,347	 	
Special termination	 	 	112	 	 	2,105	 	 	1,187	 	 	2,385	 	 	632	 	 	906	 	
Settlement / curtailment	 	 	4,107	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	202	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net periodic benefit cost	 	$	25,344	 	$	11,645	 	$	24,534	 	$	10,318	 	$	8,372	 	$	12,278	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
83

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Curtailments effects and settlements	 	$	(28,404	)	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Net actuarial loss (gain)	 	 	(38,407	)	 	523,650	 	 	44,124	 	 	49,007	 	
Prior service cost (credit)	 	 	(353	)	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain	 	 	(26,063	)	 	(18,944	)	 	(2,059	)	 	(2,823	)	
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit	 	 	2,547	 	 	2,560	 	 	(512	)	 	(448	)	
Net transitional obligation (asset)	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	(99	)	 	(96	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	 	$	(90,680	)	$	507,266	 	$	41,454	 	$	45,640	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Weighted average assumptions used to
determine net periodic benefit costs:	
Discount rate	 	6.05	%	6.15	%	5.85	%	2.25% - 6.60	%	2.25% - 5.80	%	2.25% - 5.30	%	
Expected return on plan assets	 	8.00	%	8.50	%	8.50	%	4.49% - 7.75	%	3.50% - 7.75	%	3.50% - 7.75	%	
Rate of compensation increase	 	4.25	%	4.50	%	4.50	%	2.50% - 5.10	%	2.50% - 5.50	%	2.50% - 5.30	%	
The expected return on plan assets is based on historical and projected rates of return for current and planned asset classes in the plans’ investment portfolio after analyzing historical experience and future expectations of the returns and volatility of the various asset classes. The overall expected rate of return for the portfolio was determined based on the target asset allocations for each asset class, adjusted for historical and expected experience of active portfolio management results, when compared to the benchmark returns. When assessing the expected future returns for the portfolio, management placed more emphasis on the expected future returns than historical returns.

U.S. Pension Plans’ Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation

Our U.S. pension plans’ investment strategy supports the objectives of the plans, which are to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligations and the actuarial liabilities, and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 8.0%. The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to reduce the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. Investments within the private equity and real estate portfolios are comprised of limited partnership units in primary and secondary fund of funds and units in open-ended commingled real estate funds, respectively. These types of investment vehicles are used in an effort to gain greater asset diversification. We have no hedge fund investments. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets. The pension plans’ liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically.

84

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The target allocation for 2010 and the asset allocation for the U.S. pension plan at December 31, 2009 and 2008, by asset category, are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Target
Allocation	 	Percentage of Plan Assets at
December 31,	 	

	 	

	 	
Asset category	 	2010	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.S. equities	 	 	37	%	 	35	%	 	33	%	
Non-U.S. equities	 	 	19	%	 	19	%	 	17	%	
Fixed income	 	 	32	%	 	38	%	 	39	%	
Real estate	 	 	5	%	 	4	%	 	7	%	
Private equity	 	 	7	%	 	4	%	 	4	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	 	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The long-term asset allocation targets we use to manage the investment portfolio are based on the broad asset categories shown above. The plan asset categories presented in the fair value hierarchy are subsets of the broad asset categories.

Foreign Pension Plans’ Investment Strategy

Our foreign pension plan assets are managed by outside investment managers and monitored regularly by local trustees, in conjunction with our corporate personnel. The investment strategies adopted by our foreign plans vary by country and plan, with each strategy tailored to achieve the expected rate of return within an acceptable or appropriate level of risk, depending upon the liability profile of plan participants, local funding requirements, investment markets and restrictions. Our largest foreign pension plan is the U.K. plan, which represents 75% of the non-U.S. pension assets. The U.K. pension plan’s investment strategy supports the objectives of the fund, which are to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent levels of risk, to achieve and maintain full funding of the accumulated benefit obligations and the actuarial liabilities, and to earn a nominal rate of return of at least 7.25%. The fund has established a strategic asset allocation policy to achieve these objectives. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class to minimize the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. We do not have any significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets. The pension plans’ liabilities, investment objectives and investment managers are reviewed periodically.

The target allocation for 2010 and the asset allocation for the U.K. pension plan at December 31, 2009 and 2008, by asset category, are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Target
Allocation	 	Percentage of Plan Assets at
December 31,	 	

	 	

	 	
Asset category	 	2010	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
U.K. equities	 	 	32	%	 	35	%	 	34	%	
Non-U.K. equities	 	 	33	%	 	32	%	 	29	%	
Fixed income	 	 	35	%	 	32	%	 	33	%	
Cash	 	 	—	%	 	1	%	 	4	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	 	100	%	 	100	%	 	100	%	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The long-term asset allocation targets we use to manage the investment portfolio are based on the broad asset categories shown above. The plan asset categories presented in the fair value hierarchy are subsets of the broad asset categories.

The fair value of the U.K. plan assets was $312 million and $234 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and the expected long-term rate of return on these plan assets was 7.50% and 7.25% in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

85

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, the financial assets and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for the U.S. and foreign pension plans. As required by the fair value measurements guidance, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Pension Plans - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 by Level	 	

	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	 	$	—	 	$	95,534	 	$	—	 	$	95,534	 	
Equity securities	 	 	403,536	 	 	316,754	 	 	—	 	 	720,290	 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies, and municipalities	 	 	50,934	 	 	29,628	 	 	—	 	 	80,562	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	—	 	 	156,811	 	 	—	 	 	156,811	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	132,509	 	 	761	 	 	133,270	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	17,347	 	 	—	 	 	17,347	 	
Private equity	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	49,231	 	 	49,231	 	
Real estate	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	50,331	 	 	50,331	 	
Derivatives	 	 	135	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	135	 	
Securities lending fund *	 	 	—	 	 	139,416	 	 	—	 	 	139,416	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total assets	 	$	454,605	 	$	887,999	 	$	100,323	 	$	1,442,927	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives	 	$	2,064	 	$	1	 	$	—	 	$	2,065	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities	 	$	2,064	 	$	1	 	$	—	 	$	2,065	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

*	Securities lending fund at December 31, 2009 is offset by a liability of $139,416 recorded in the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan net assets available for benefits.	

Foreign Pension Plans - Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 by Level	 	

	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	Level 2	 	Level 3	 	Total	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Money market funds	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Equity securities	 	 	118,302	 	 	133,513	 	 	—	 	 	251,815	 	
Debt securities - U.S. and foreign governments, agencies, and municipalities	 	 	8,817	 	 	42,665	 	 	—	 	 	51,482	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	—	 	 	83,251	 	 	—	 	 	83,251	 	
Mortgage-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	28	 	 	—	 	 	28	 	
Asset-backed securities	 	 	—	 	 	1,488	 	 	—	 	 	1,488	 	
Private equity	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Real estate	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Derivatives	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total assets	 	$	127,119	 	$	260,945	 	$	—	 	$	388,064	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investment securities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Derivatives	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total liabilities	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
86

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The following information relates to our classification of investments into the fair value hierarchy:
     •    Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper of companies and other highly liquid and low-risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits. The money market funds are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy since they are not actively traded on an exchange.
     •    Equity Securities: Equity securities include U.S. and foreign common stock, American Depository Receipts, preferred stock and commingled funds. Equity securities classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are valued using active, high volume trades for identical securities. Equity securities classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy represent those not listed on an exchange in an active market.
     •    Debt Securities - U.S. and Foreign Governments and its Agencies and Municipalities: Government securities include treasury notes and bonds, foreign government issues, U.S. government sponsored agency debt and commingled funds. Municipal debt securities include general obligation securities and revenue-backed securities. Debt securities classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are valued using active, high volume trades for identical securities. Debt securities classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued through benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities.
     •    Corporate Debt Securities: Investments are comprised of both investment grade debt (≥BBB-) and high-yield debt (≤BBB-). The fair value of corporate debt securities is estimated using recently executed transactions, market price quotations where observable, or bond spreads. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
     •    Mortgage-Backed Securities (“MBS”): Investments are comprised of agency-backed MBS, non-agency MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, commercial MBS, and commingled funds. These securities are valued based on external pricing indices. When external index pricing is not observable, mortgage-backed securities are valued based on external price/spread data. If neither pricing method is available, we then utilize broker quotes. When inputs are observable and supported by an active market, mortgage-backed securities are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. When inputs are unobservable, mortgage-backed securities are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
     •    Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”): Investments are comprised of credit card receivables, auto loan receivables, student loan receivables, and Small Business Administration loans. These securities are valued based on external pricing indices or external price/spread data. Asset-backed securities are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.
     •    Private Equity: Investments are comprised of units in fund of fund investment vehicles. The fund of fund vehicles consist of various private equity investments and are used in an effort to gain greater diversification. The investments are valued in accordance with the most appropriate valuation techniques. These investments are classified in Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to the unobservable inputs used to determine a fair value.
     •    Real Estate: Investments include units in open-ended commingled real estate funds. The properties that comprise these funds are valued externally by an independent appraiser using the most appropriate valuation techniques. These investments are classified in Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to the unobservable inputs used to determine a fair value.
     •    Derivatives: Instruments are comprised of futures, forwards, options and warrants and are used to gain exposure to a desired investment as well as for defensive hedging purposes against currency and interest rate fluctuations. Derivative instruments classified in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy are valued through a readily available exchange listed price. Derivative instruments classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are valued using observable inputs but are not listed or traded on an exchange. Derivative instruments classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are valued using unobservable inputs.
     •    Securities Lending Fund: Investment represents a commingled fund through our custodian’s securities lending program. The U.S. pension plan lends securities that are held within the plan to other banks and/or brokers, for which we receive collateral. This collateral is invested in the commingled fund, which invests in short-term fixed income securities such as commercial paper, short-term ABS and other short-term issues. Since the commingled fund is not listed or traded on an exchange, the investment is classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The investment presented in the fair value hierarchy is offset by a liability of an equal amount representing assets that participate in securities lending program, which is reflected in the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan’s net assets available for benefits.

87

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Level 3 Gains and Losses

The following table shows a summary of the changes in the fair value of the U.S. pension plans level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2009:
 	
U.S. Pension Plans - Level 3 Fair Value Measurements - Year Ended December 31, 2009	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Mortgage-
backed
securities	 	Private
equity	 	Real estate	 	Derivatives	 	Total	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Balance at December 31, 2008	 	$	863	 	$	41,541	 	$	85,500	 	$	589	 	$	128,493	 	
Realized gains / (losses)	 	 	(3	)	 	—	 	 	416	 	 	(553	)	 	(140	)	
Unrealized gains / (losses)	 	 	(3	)	 	(6,038	)	 	(35,007	)	 	692	 	 	(40,356	)	
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (net)	 	 	(96	)	 	13,728	 	 	(578	)	 	(728	)	 	12,326	 	
Transfers in and/or out of level 3	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Balance at December 31, 2009	 	$	761	 	$	49,231	 	$	50,331	 	$	—	 	$	100,323	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Reconciliation of Plan Assets to Fair Value Measurements Hierarchy

The following tables show a reconciliation of the total fair value of pension plan assets to the fair value of financial instruments presented in the fair value measurements hierarchy for the U.S. and foreign pension plans at December 31, 2009:
 	
Reconciliation of Plan Assets to Fair Value Measurements Hierarchy at December 31, 2009	

	

	

	

	

	

	
 	 	United States	 	Foreign	 	

	 	

	 	
Total Plan Assets	 	$	1,350,045	 	$	414,313	 	
Cash	 	 	(848	)	 	(24,843	)	
Securities lending fund liability	 	 	139,416	 	 	—	 	
Receivables / Prepaid benefits	 	 	(79,936	)	 	—	 	
Payables / Accrued expenses	 	 	33,589	 	 	—	 	
Other	 	 	(1,404	)	 	(1,406	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total Per Fair Value Measurements Hierarchy	 	$	1,440,862	 	$	388,064	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Nonpension Postretirement Benefits

We provide certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. The cost of these benefits is recognized over the period the employee provides credited services to the Company. Substantially all of our U.S. and Canadian employees become eligible for retiree health care benefits after reaching age 55 or in the case of employees of Pitney Bowes Management Services after reaching age 60 and with the completion of the required service period. U.S. employees hired after January 1, 2005, and Canadian employees hired after April 1, 2005, are not eligible for retiree health care benefits.

88

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The change in benefit obligations, plan assets and the funded status for nonpension postretirement benefit plans are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Change in benefit obligation:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Benefit obligations at beginning of year	 	$	244,544	 	$	246,572	 	
Service cost	 	 	3,424	 	 	3,613	 	
Interest cost	 	 	14,437	 	 	14,410	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	8,778	 	 	8,627	 	
Actuarial loss (gain)	 	 	21,489	 	 	14,662	 	
Foreign currency changes	 	 	2,509	 	 	(3,653	)	
Gross benefits paid	 	 	(43,494	)	 	(42,259	)	
Less federal subsidy on benefits paid	 	 	2,718	 	 	2,572	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Benefit obligations at end of year	 	$	254,405	 	$	244,544	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Change in plan assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Company contribution	 	 	31,998	 	 	31,060	 	
Plan participants’ contributions	 	 	8,778	 	 	8,627	 	
Gross benefits paid	 	 	(43,494	)	 	(42,259	)	
Less federal subsidy on benefits paid	 	 	2,718	 	 	2,572	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Funded status, end of year:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	 	$	—	 	$	—	 	
Benefit obligations at end of year	 	 	254,405	 	 	244,544	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Funded status	 	$	(254,405	)	$	(244,544	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The discount rates used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations for the U.S. plan were 5.35% in 2009 and 5.95% in 2008. The discount rates used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations for the Canadian plan were 5.85% in 2009 and 6.60% in 2008.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liability	 	$	(26,293	)	$	(26,920	)	
Non-current liability	 	 	(228,112	)	 	(217,624	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net amount recognized	 	$	(254,405	)	$	(244,544	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Pre-tax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net actuarial loss	 	$	74,044	 	$	55,764	 	
Prior service credit	 	 	(8,397	)	 	(10,872	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total	 	$	65,647	 	$	44,892	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
The components of the net periodic benefit cost for nonpension postretirement benefit plans are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Service cost	 	$	3,424	 	$	3,613	 	$	3,529	 	
Interest cost	 	 	14,437	 	 	14,410	 	 	13,904	 	
Amortization of prior service benefit	 	 	(2,475	)	 	(2,471	)	 	(2,472	)	
Recognized net actuarial loss	 	 	4,092	 	 	3,386	 	 	2,214	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net periodic benefit cost	 	$	19,478	 	$	18,938	 	$	17,175	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
89

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for nonpension postretirement benefit plans recognized in other comprehensive income are as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	

	 	

	 	
Net actuarial loss (gain)	 	$	21,367	 	$	15,067	 	
Prior service cost (credit)	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	
Amortization of net actuarial (loss) gain	 	 	(4,092	)	 	(3,257	)	
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit	 	 	2,475	 	 	2,478	 	
Adjustment for actual Medicare Part D Premium	 	 	1,005	 	 	1,191	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total recognized in other comprehensive income	 	$	20,755	 	$	15,479	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic costs during the years:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Discount rate – U.S.	 	 	5.95	%	 	5.90	%	 	5.85	%	
Discount rate – Canada	 	 	6.60	%	 	5.25	%	 	5.00	%	
The estimated amounts that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost in 2010 are as follows:

Net actuarial loss	 	$	5,894	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Prior service credit	 	 	(2,513	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	3,381	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations for the U.S. plan was 7.50% for 2009 and 8.00% for 2008. The assumed health care trend rate is 7.50% for 2010 and we assume it will gradually decline to 5.00% by the year 2015 and remain at that level thereafter.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A 1% change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	1 % Increase	 	1 % Decrease	 	

	 	

	 	
Effect on total of service and interest cost components	 	$	590	 	$	(507	)	
Effect on postretirement benefit obligations	 	$	8,693	 	$	(7,584	)	
Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Pension
Benefits	 	

	 	
For the year ending 12/31/10	 	$	133,052	 	
For the year ending 12/31/11	 	 	123,634	 	
For the year ending 12/31/12	 	 	131,716	 	
For the year ending 12/31/13	 	 	134,787	 	
For the year ending 12/31/14	 	 	139,896	 	
For the years ending 12/31/15-12/31/19	 	 	723,097	 	

	

	 	
 	 	$	1,386,182	 	

	

	 	
90

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Nonpension	 	

	 	
 	 	Gross	 	Medicare Part
D Subsidy	 	Net	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
For the year ending 12/31/10	 	$	29,182	 	$	(2,954	)	$	26,228 	 	
For the year ending 12/31/11	 	 	28,189	 	 	(3,188	)	 	25,001 	 	
For the year ending 12/31/12	 	 	27,009	 	 	(3,439	)	 	23,570 	 	
For the year ending 12/31/13	 	 	25,792	 	 	(3,696	)	 	22,096 	 	
For the year ending 12/31/14	 	 	24,831	 	 	(3,903	)	 	20,928 	 	
For the years ending 12/31/15-12/31/19	 	 	112,379	 	 	(17,215	)	 	95,164 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	$	247,382	 	$	(34,395	)	$	212,987 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
20. Earnings per Share

A reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2009	 	

	 	
(Weighted average shares in thousands)	 	Income	 	Weighted
Average
Shares	 	Per Share	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	423,445	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock dividends	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference stock dividends	 	 	(72	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	423,373	 	 	206,734	 	$	2.05	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	423,373	 	 	206,734	 	 	 	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock	 	 	—	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	
Preference stock	 	 	72	 	 	568	 	 	 	 	
Stock options and stock purchase plans	 	 	—	 	 	7	 	 	 	 	
Other stock plans	 	 	—	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	423,445	 	 	207,322	 	$	2.04	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	

Continuing operations	 	$	2.09	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.04	)	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	2.05	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	

Continuing operations	 	$	2.08	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.04	)	

	

	 	
Net income	 	$	2.04	 	

	

	 	
Note: The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding.

91

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2008	 	

	 	
(Weighted average shares in thousands)	 	Income	 	Weighted
Average
Shares	 	Per Share	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	419,793	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock dividends	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference stock dividends	 	 	(77	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	419,716	 	 	208,425	 	$	2.01	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	419,716	 	 	208,425	 	 	 	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock	 	 	—	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	
Preference stock	 	 	77	 	 	601	 	 	 	 	
Stock options and stock purchase plans	 	 	—	 	 	603	 	 	 	 	
Other stock plans	 	 	—	 	 	67	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	419,793	 	 	209,699	 	$	2.00	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	2.15	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(0.13	)	

	

	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	2.01	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	2.13	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(0.13	)	

	

	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	2.00	 	

	

	 	
Note: The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding.

92

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2007	 	

	 	
(Weighted average shares in thousands)	 	Income	 	Weighted
Average
Shares	 	Per Share	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	366,781	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Less:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock dividends	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preference stock dividends	 	 	(81	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	366,700	 	 	218,444	 	$	1.68	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share	 	$	366,700	 	 	218,444	 	 	 	 	
Effect of dilutive securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock	 	 	—	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	
Preference stock	 	 	81	 	 	638	 	 	 	 	
Stock options and stock purchase plans	 	 	—	 	 	2,028	 	 	 	 	
Other stock plans	 	 	—	 	 	107	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share	 	$	366,781	 	 	221,220	 	$	1.66	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1.65	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.03	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1.68	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1.63	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	0.03	 	

	

	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	$	1.66	 	

	

	 	
Note: The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals above due to rounding.

In accordance with the earnings per share accounting guidance, 6.0 million, 3.3 million and 0.5 million common stock equivalent shares in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, issuable upon the exercise of stock options were excluded from the above computations because the exercise prices of such options were greater than the average market price of the common stock, and therefore the impact of these shares was anti-dilutive.

93

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)

21. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2009 and 2008 follows:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	 	First
Quarter	 	Second
Quarter	 	Third
Quarter	 	Fourth
Quarter	 	Full
Year	 	

	 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	1,379,584	 	$	1,378,462	 	$	1,356,820	 	$	1,454,305	 	$	5,569,171	 	
Gross profit (1)	 	 	701,988	 	 	685,596	 	 	688,373	 	 	755,190	 	 	2,831,147	 	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments	 	 	—	 	 	—	 	 	12,845	 	 	35,901	 	 	48,746	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	106,300	 	 	116,731	 	 	110,278	 	 	119,713	 	 	453,022	 	
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax	 	 	2,623	 	 	5,102	 	 	(2,429	)	 	(13,405	)	 	(8,109	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	 	 	108,923	 	 	121,833	 	 	107,849	 	 	106,308	 	 	444,913	 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	 	4,521	 	 	4,571	 	 	4,622	 	 	7,754	 	 	21,468	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	104,402	 	$	117,262	 	$	103,227	 	$	98,554	 	$	423,445	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	$	101,779	 	$	112,160	 	$	105,656	 	$	111,959	 	$	431,554	 	
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations	 	 	2,623	 	 	5,102	 	 	(2,429	)	 	(13,405	)	 	(8,109	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	104,402	 	$	117,262	 	$	103,227	 	$	98,554	 	$	423,445	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders (2):	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	0.49	 	$	0.54	 	$	0.51	 	$	0.54	 	$	2.09	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	0.01	 	 	0.02	 	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.06	)	 	(0.04	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net Income	 	$	0.51	 	$	0.57	 	$	0.50	 	$	0.48	 	$	2.05	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders (2):	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	0.49	 	$	0.54	 	$	0.51	 	$	0.54	 	$	2.08	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	0.01	 	 	0.02	 	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.06	)	 	(0.04	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net Income	 	$	0.50	 	$	0.57	 	$	0.50	 	$	0.47	 	$	2.04	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	Gross profit is defined as total revenue less cost of equipment sales, cost of supplies, cost of software, cost of rentals, financing interest expense, cost of support services and cost of business services.	
 	 	
(2)	The sum of the quarters and earnings per share amounts may not equal the annual and total amounts due to rounding.	
94

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2008	 	 	First
Quarter	 	Second
Quarter	 	Third
Quarter	 	Fourth
Quarter	 	Full
Year	 	

	 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
Total revenue	 	$	1,573,957	 	$	1,588,086	 	$	1,547,673	 	$	1,552,589	 	$	6,262,305	 	
Gross profit (1)	 	 	801,503	 	 	808,856	 	 	790,033	 	 	795,841	 	 	3,196,233	 	
Restructuring charges and asset impairments	 	 	17,093	 	 	18,815	 	 	49,229	 	 	115,117	 	 	200,254	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	 	127,733	 	 	136,136	 	 	106,832	 	 	97,547	 	 	468,248	 	
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax	 	 	(3,832	)	 	(2,831	)	 	(2,063	)	 	(18,974	)	 	(27,700	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net income before attribution of noncontrolling interests	 	 	123,901	 	 	133,305	 	 	104,769	 	 	78,573	 	 	440,548	 	
Less: Preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	 	4,798	 	 	4,796	 	 	6,540	 	 	4,621	 	 	20,755	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	119,103	 	$	128,509	 	$	98,229	 	$	73,952	 	$	419,793	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Amounts attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders:	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations	 	$	122,935	 	$	131,340	 	$	100,292	 	$	92,926	 	$	447,493	 	
Loss from discontinued operations	 	 	(3,832	)	 	(2,831	)	 	(2,063	)	 	(18,974	)	 	(27,700	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Inc. net income	 	$	119,103	 	$	128,509	 	$	98,229	 	$	73,952	 	$	419,793	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders (2):	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	0.58	 	$	0.63	 	$	0.48	 	$	0.45	 	$	2.15	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.09	)	 	(0.13	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net Income	 	$	0.56	 	$	0.62	 	$	0.47	 	$	0.36	 	$	2.01	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share of common stock attributable to Pitney Bowes Inc. common stockholders (2):	 	 	 	 	
Continuing operations	 	$	0.58	 	$	0.63	 	$	0.48	 	$	0.45	 	$	2.13	 	
Discontinued operations	 	 	(0.02	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.01	)	 	(0.09	)	 	(0.13	)	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Net Income	 	$	0.56	 	$	0.61	 	$	0.47	 	$	0.36	 	$	2.00	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

(1)	Gross profit is defined as total revenue less cost of equipment sales, cost of supplies, cost of software, cost of rentals, financing interest expense, cost of support services and cost of business services.	
 	 	
(2)	The sum of the quarters and earnings per share amounts may not equal the annual and total amounts due to rounding.	
95

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING
ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 TO 2009
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in thousands)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Description	 	 	Balance at
beginning of year	 	Additions	 	Deductions	 	Balance at
end of year	 	

	 	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for doubtful accounts	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	45,264	 	$	10,516	 (1)	$	(12,999	) (2)	$	42,781	 	
2008	 	$	49,324	 	$	17,134	 (1)	$	(21,194	) (2)	$	45,264	 	
2007	 	$	50,052	 	$	19,880	 (1)	$	(20,608	) (2)	$	49,324	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Allowance for credit losses on finance receivables	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	71,790	 	$	61,755	 	$	(61,387	) (2)	$	72,158	 	
2008	 	$	78,371	 	$	51,736	 	$	(58,317	) (2)	$	71,790	 	
2007	 	$	82,499	 	$	44,440	 	$	(48,568	) (2)	$	78,371	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset (3)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
2009	 	$	91,405	 	$	5,628	 	$	(1,043	)	$	95,990	 	
2008	 	$	69,792	 	$	37,942	 	$	(16,329	)	$	91,405	 	
2007	 	$	33,563	 	$	64,487	 	$	(28,258	)	$	69,792	 	

(1)	Includes additions charged to expenses, additions from acquisitions and impact of foreign exchange translation.	
 	 	
(2)	Includes uncollectible accounts written off and amounts included in divestitures.	
 	 	
(3)	Included in Consolidated Balance Sheet as a liability.	
96

Exhibit Index
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reference
Number per
Item 601 of
Regulation SK	 	Exhibit
Number in
this
Form 10-K	 	Document Name	 	Page
Number	 	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	

	
(12)	 	Exhibit	(i)	 	Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	98	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(21)	 	Exhibit	(ii)	 	Subsidiaries of the registrant	 	99	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(23)	 	Exhibit	(iii)	 	Consent of experts and counsel	 	101	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Exhibit	(iv)	 	Key Employees Incentive Plan	 	102	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Exhibit	(v)	 	2007 Stock Plan	 	107	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(31.1)	 	 	 	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.	 	119	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(31.2)	 	 	 	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended	 	120	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(32.1)	 	 	 	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350	 	121	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(32.2)	 	 	 	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350	 	122	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
101.INS	 	 	 	 	XBRL Report Instance Document	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
101.SCH	 	 	 	 	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
101.CAL	 	 	 	 	XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
101.DEF	 	 	 	 	XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
101.LAB	 	 	 	 	XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
101.PRE	 	 	 	 	XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document	 	 	 	
97

EXHIBIT (i)

PITNEY BOWES INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (1)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Dollars in thousands)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Years ended December 31,	 	

	 	
 	 	2009	 	2008	 	2007	 	2006	 	2005	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	 	$	693,176	 	$	713,177	 	$	660,711	 	$	914,490	 	$	811,668	 	
Add:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense (2)	 	 	208,855	 	 	229,343	 	 	250,540	 	 	228,418	 	 	193,174	 	
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor	 	 	41,499	 	 	43,030	 	 	48,969	 	 	46,255	 	 	52,823	 	
Amortization of capitalized interest	 	 	1,716	 	 	1,717	 	 	1,717	 	 	1,345	 	 	986	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Income as adjusted	 	$	945,246	 	$	987,267	 	$	961,937	 	$	1,190,508	 	$	1,058,651	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Fixed charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense (2)	 	$	208,855	 	$	229,343	 	$	250,540	 	$	228,418	 	$	193,174	 	
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor	 	 	41,499	 	 	43,030	 	 	48,969	 	 	46,255	 	 	52,823	 	
Noncontrolling interests (preferred stock dividends of subsidiaries), excluding taxes	 	 	32,851	 	 	31,610	 	 	33,412	 	 	21,819	 	 	16,512	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
Total fixed charges	 	$	283,205	 	$	303,983	 	$	332,921	 	$	296,492	 	$	262,509	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	

	

	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	 	 	3.34	 	 	3.25	 	 	2.89	 	 	4.02	 	 	4.03	 	

(1) The computation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing income from continuing operations before income taxes as adjusted by fixed charges. Included in fixed charges is one-third of rental expense as the representative portion of interest.	
 	 	
(2) Interest expense incudes both financing interest expense and other interest expense.	
98

EXHIBIT (ii)
Page 1 of 2

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The Registrant, Pitney Bowes Inc., a Delaware Corporation, has no parent.

The following are subsidiaries of the Registrant
(as of December 31, 2009)
 	 	 	 	
Company name	 	Country or state
of incorporation	 	

	 	

	 	
Addressing Systems International Holdings Limited	 	England	 	
Adrema Leasing Corporation	 	Delaware	 	
Andean Enterprises, Inc.	 	Panama	 	
Alternative Mail & Parcel Investments Limited	 	UK	 	
Archiver Limited f/k/a Micromedia Limited	 	England	 	
Artec International Corporation	 	California	 	
Asterion Direct SAS	 	France	 	
B. Williams Funding Corp.	 	Delaware	 	
B. Williams Holding Corp.	 	Delaware	 	
Canadian Office Services (Toronto) Limited	 	Canada	 	
Cascade Microfilm Systems, Inc.	 	California	 	
Digital Cement Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Digital Cement Co.	 	Canada	 	
Dimasi Strategic Research Pty Limited	 	Australia	 	
Elmcroft Road Realty Corporation	 	Connecticut	 	
Emtex Limited	 	England	 	
Emtex Software, Inc.	 	Florida	 	
Emtex Software, Inc.	 	Canada	 	
Encom Europe Limited	 	England	 	
FSL Holdings Inc.	 	Connecticut	 	
FSL Risk Managers Inc.	 	New York	 	
Group 1 Software China Ltd.	 	Hong Kong	 	
Group 1 Software France SA	 	France	 	
Harvey Company, L.L.C	 	Delaware	 	
Historic Boardwalk Hall, L.L.C.	 	Delaware	 	
Horizon Management AB	 	Sweden	 	
Horizon Scandinavia AB	 	Sweden	 	
Ibis Consulting, Inc.	 	Rhode Island	 	
Imagitas, Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Imagitas Security Corporation	 	Massachusetts	 	
Informatech Inc.	 	California	 	
International Imaging Limited	 	England	 	
Mag Systèmes SAS	 	France	 	
MailCode Holdings, Inc.	 	Indiana	 	
MailCode, Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
MapInfo Realty LLC	 	New York	 	
PB Australia Funding Pty. Limited	 	Australia	 	
PB Canada Funding Ltd.	 	Canada	 	
PB Equipment Management Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
PB Forms, Inc.	 	Nebraska	 	
PB Historic Renovation LLC	 	Delaware	 	
PB Leasing Corporation	 	Delaware	 	
PB Miles Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
PB Nova Scotia II ULC	 	Canada	 	
PB Nova Scotia Holdings ULC	 	Canada	 	
PB Nova Scotia Holdings II ULC	 	Canada	 	
PB Nova Scotia LP	 	Delaware	 	
PB Partnership Financing Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
PB Professional Services Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
PBDorm Ireland Limited	 	Ireland	 	
PCAN Mailing Solutions, Inc. Solutions D’Affranchissement PCAN Inc.	 	Canada	 	
Pitney Bowes (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd	 	Singapore	 	
Pitney Bowes Asterion SAS	 	France	 	
Pitney Bowes Australia FAS Pty. Limited	 	Australia	 	
Pitney Bowes Australia Pty Limited	 	Australia	 	
Pitney Bowes Austria Ges.m.b.H	 	Austria	 	
 	 	 	 	
Company name	 	Country or state
of incorporation	 	

	 	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Batsumi Enterprise (Pty) Ltd.	 	South Africa	 	
Pitney Bowes Belgium NV	 	Belgium	 	
Pitney Bowes of Canada Ltd. - Pitney Bowes du Canada Ltee	 	Canada	 	
Pitney Bowes Canada Holdings Limited	 	Canada	 	
Pitney Bowes China Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Credit Australia Limited	 	Australia	 	
Pitney Bowes Cross Border Services, Inc	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Danmark A/S (formerly Haro Systemer AS)	 	Denmark	 	
Pitney Bowes Data Systems, Ltd.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico	 	
Pitney Bowes Deutschland GmbH	 	Germany	 	
Pitney Bowes Document Messaging Technologies Limited (formerly Bell & Howell Limited)	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes (Dormant) Pte Ltd.	 	Singapore	 	
Pitney Bowes Espana, S.A.	 	Spain	 	
Pitney Bowes Finance plc (formerly PB Leasing Ltd.)	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes Finance Ireland Limited	 	Ireland	 	
Pitney Bowes Global Financial Services LLC	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Global Limited	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes Global LLC	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Government Solutions, Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Holding SNC	 	France	 	
Pitney Bowes Holdings B.V.	 	Netherlands	 	
Pitney Bowes Holdings Denmark ApS	 	Denmark	 	
Pitney Bowes Holdings Limited	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes Hong Kong Limited	 	Hong Kong	 	
Pitney Bowes India Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes India Private Limited	 	India	 	
Pitney Bowes Insurance Agency, Inc.	 	Connecticut	 	
Pitney Bowes International	 	Ireland	 	
Pitney Bowes International Funding	 	Ireland	 	
Pitney Bowes International Holdings, Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Ireland Limited	 	Ireland	 	
Pitney Bowes Italia S.r.l.	 	Italy	 	
Pitney Bowes International Mail Services Limited	 	UK	 	
Pitney Bowes Japan KK	 	Japan	 	
Pitney Bowes Korea Ltd.	 	Korea	 	
Pitney Bowes Limited	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg Holding S.a.r.l.	 	Luxembourg	 	
Pitney Bowes Luxembourg SARL	 	Luxembourg	 	
Pitney Bowes Mail and Messaging Systems (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.	 	Shanghai	 	
Pitney Bowes (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd	 	Malaysia	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Belgium, NV	 	Belgium	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Canada, Inc. Services de Gestion Pitney Bowes Canada, Inc.	 	Canada	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Denmark, A/S	 	Denmark	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Deutschland GmbH	 	Germany	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Italia S.r.l.	 	Italy	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Limited	 	England	 	
99

Page 2 of 2

PITNEY BOWES INC.
SUBSIDIARIES
 	 	 	 	
Company name	 	Country or state
of incorporation	 	

	 	

	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services	 	 	 	
Netherlands, B.V.	 	Netherlands	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Norway A.S.	 	Norway	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services Sweden AB	 	Sweden	 	
Pitney Bowes Management Services, Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes MapInfo Business Applications Limited (formerly Southbank Systems Limited)	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes MapInfo GDC Limited (formerly Graphical Data Capture Limited)	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes MapInfo India Private Limited	 	India	 	
Pitney Bowes MapInfo Scotland Limited (formerly Moleseye Limited)	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes MapInfo UK Limited	 	England	 	
Pitney Bowes Netherlands B.V.	 	Netherlands	 	
Pitney Bowes New Zealand Limited	 	New Zealand	 	
Pitney Bowes Norge AS	 	Norway	 	
Pitney Bowes Nova Scotia ULC	 	Canada	 	
Pitney Bowes Oy	 	Finland	 	
Pitney Bowes PBS Ltd	 	Korea	 	
Pitney Bowes Polska Sp. z.o.o.	 	Poland	 	
Pitney Bowes Portugal Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda.	 	Portugal	 	
Pitney Bowes Properties Inc.	 	Connecticut	 	
Pitney Bowes Puerto Rico, Inc.	 	Puerto Rico	 	
Pitney Bowes SA (Pty) Ltd.	 	South Africa	 	
Pitney Bowes SAS	 	France	 	
Pitney Bowes SBS L.L.C.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Semco Equipamentos E Servicos Ltda	 	Brazil	 	
Pitney Bowes Servicios, S.A. de C.V.	 	Mexico	 	
Pitney Bowes Shelton Realty Inc.	 	Connecticut	 	
Pitney Bowes (Singapore) Pte Ltd.	 	Singapore	 	
Pitney Bowes Software (Beijing) Ltd	 	China	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Canada Inc.	 	Canada	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Europe GmbH	 	Germany	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Europe Limited	 	UK	 	
Pitney Bowes Software GmbH	 	Germany	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Software K. K.	 	Japan	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Latin America Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Limited	 	UK	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Pte Ltd	 	Singapore	 	
Pitney Bowes Software Pty Ltd	 	Australia	 	
Pitney Bowes Software SAS	 	France	 	
Pitney Bowes Svenska Aktiebolag	 	Sweden	 	
Pitney Bowes (Switzerland) AG	 	Switzerland	 	
Pitney Bowes (Thailand) Limited	 	Thailand	 	
Pitney Bowes USVI, Inc.	 	Virgin Islands	 	
PitneyWorks.com Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
PitneyWorks.com L.L.C.	 	Delaware	 	
Print, Inc.	 	Washington	 	
PrintValue Solutions, Inc.	 	Arizona	 	
PSI Group, Inc.	 	Delaware	 	
P. Technical Services Limited	 	England	 	
Sagent (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd	 	Malaysia	 	
Sagent UK Limited	 	UK	 	
Sales and Service Training Center Inc.	 	Georgia	 	
Secap Technologies Limited	 	England	 	
Services Integrations Group, L.P.	 	Delaware	 	
SIG-GP, L.L.C.	 	Delaware	 	
Technopli SARL	 	France	 	
The Pitney Bowes Bank, Inc.	 	Utah	 	
Universal Postal Frankers Ltd.	 	England	 	
Wheeler Insurance, Ltd.	 	Vermont	 	
1136 Corporation	 	Delaware	 	
100

EXHIBIT (iii)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form
 	 	 	 	
 	Form	Reference	 	

	

	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 33-5291	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 33-4549	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 33-22238	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 33-5765	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 33-41182	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-66735	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-05731	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-132589	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-132590	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-132591	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-132592	 	
 	Form S-8	No. 333-145527	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-5289	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-5290	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-18280	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-25730	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-21723	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-27244	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-33948	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 333-72304	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 33-109966	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 333-120525	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 333-122481	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 333-151753	 	
 	Form S-3	No. 333-149474	 	
of Pitney Bowes Inc. of our report dated February 26, 2010 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
 	 	
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP	 	
Stamford, Connecticut	 	
February 26, 2010	 	
101

EXHIBIT (iv)

PITNEY BOWES INC.

KEY EMPLOYEES INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated: October 1, 2007)

As Amended November 7, 2009

1. PURPOSE.
 	 	
(A)	The Pitney Bowes Inc. Key Employees Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to provide additional cash incentives for key employees of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates by the making of awards of supplemental compensation related to the achievement of certain performance criteria specified from time to time by the Company. It is intended that such awards will be given in a way designed to retain or attract, and to provide additional incentive to key employees in order to align their efforts with the Company and its stockholders.	
 	 	
(B)	The Plan shall award short-term incentives in the form of annual cash incentives, long-term cash-based incentives (e.g., Cash Incentive Units), and such other cash incentives as the Company deems reasonable and appropriate from time to time (e.g., retention awards).	
2. ELIGIBILITY
 	 	
(A)	Key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be eligible for awards under the Plan. The Committee, as defined in Section 7, shall determine from time to time who is a key employee of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates.	
3. AWARDS & PAYMENT
 	 	 	 	
(A)	From time to time, the Committee may make awards to such key employees as it determines to be appropriate under the terms of the Plan. All awards under the Plan shall be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Committee may determine, including the following:	
 	 	
 	 	(i)	The Committee shall decide who shall receive awards for the year, and shall make rules determining how each award is to be calculated. Awards may be made in cash, Units (as defined in subparagraph (ii)), or any combination thereof, as may, in the judgment of the Committee, be best calculated to further the purposes of the Plan. Awards will be granted subject to the Section 162(m) provisions of Section 9 of the Plan, if applicable.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	A “Unit” is an award which entitles the recipient to receive cash in an amount which is calculated based upon the business performance of the Company or any of its divisions, subsidiaries, or affiliates during a stated period (“Cash Incentive Unit or Unit”). The Company may base the Cash Incentive Unit award on the achievement of one or more pre-established objective performance measures listed in Section 9(C), or any other indicator specified by the Committee. The Committee shall fix the period during which such performance is to be measured (the “Cycle”), the time at which the value of the Units is to be paid, and the form of the payment to be made in respect of the Units. The Board may determine from time to time that a Unit award shall be settled in whole or in part in Company stock. The Units shall be awarded under the “Pitney Bowes Cash Incentive Units Program.”	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	All other cash awards made under the Plan, other than Units described in subparagraph (ii) above, are referred to as “Incentive Awards,” which shall include “Annual Incentive Awards” made under the Pitney Bowes Incentive Program. Incentive Awards may be based on a participant’s incentive target, individual performance, the achievement by the organization or business unit of one or more pre-established objective performance measures listed in Section 9(C) or any other measure that the Company determines appropriate to meet the purposes of the Plan.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	The making of awards under this Plan is purely discretionary on the part of the Company and the calculation of the award value by the Company is final binding and conclusive on all parties. Awards made under this Plan both rewards past performance and incents future performance.	
 	 	 	 	
(B)	Payments with respect to maturing Cash Incentive Units shall be paid between February 1 and March 15 of the calendar year following the final year in the Cycle. Payments to participants who reside outside the United States shall be made in such	
102

 	 	
 	currencies and such exchange rates as are consistent with the patterns and practices under this Plan as well as local patterns and practices. Annual Incentive Awards shall be paid no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the year for which the Incentive Awards were earned. All other cash awards made under this Plan shall be paid and governed pursuant to the terms of the written award document or notification.	
 	 	
(C)	The Committee may from time to time establish rules and procedures pursuant to which participants will be permitted or required to defer receipt of Incentive Awards or Units under the Company’s Deferred Incentive Savings Plan.	
4. RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, DEATH, LEAVE OR TERMINATION
 	 	 	 	
(A)	If a participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason before the distribution or payment of an Annual Incentive Award or a Cash Incentive Unit award, the award will be forfeited and will not be paid, except as provided in this Section or except as otherwise determined by the Committee.	
 	 	
(B)	Incentive Award. If the participant’s employment ceases on account of:	
 	 	
 	 	(i)	Retirement (or bridged to Retirement pursuant to a written severance agreement), Total Disablity as defined under the Company’s disability plans or because of a Company-approved leave of absence, the participant shall be entitled to payment of the Annual Incentive Award on a pro-rata basis. (“Retirement” is defined as age 65 with 3 years of service or age 55 or older with at least 10 years of service, as that definition may be amended under the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan.) The payment will be based on the number of days the participant was actively employed during the performance measurement period, the participant’s incentive percentage based on performance targets met and the participant’s salary during the performance period. The payment will be made when the award otherwise would be paid whether or not the participant is actively employed at the time the payment is scheduled to be made. Actively employed for purposes of this Plan means the participant is physically at work or on a Company-approved paid leave of absence.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	In the event of death during the performance year, the award will be pro-rated and paid to the participant’s spouse or designated beneficiary, or if none, to the particpant’s estate.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	If the participant terminates employment under the terms of a written severance agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, provide (a) in the event of a nonretirement eligible employee that all or a pro-rata portion of the participant’s award is earned by and payable to the participant, or (b) in the event of a retirement eligible employee that the participant’s award will be paid at the time of termination from employment in lieu of when the Annual Incentive Award is normally paid under the program.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	In the event of a sale, spin-off or outsourcing of a business or business unit, the Company shall determine whether eligible participants are entitled to an Incentive Award and the criteria to be used in calculating the award.	
 	 	 	 	
(C)	Cash Incentive Unit. If the participant’s employment ceases on account of:	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Retirement (or bridged to Retirement pursuant to a written severance agreement), or Total Disability as defined under the Company’s disablity plans, the participant will be entitled to payment of the Cash Incentive Units on a pro-rated basis based on the number of full calendar months of service during the Cycle through the date of Retirement or Total Disability. During a paid leave of absence, Family Medical Leave Act of 1993 and military leaves of absence, and disability leave where the participant is receiving benefits under the Company’s disability benefit plans, the participant will be treated as actively employed with respect to the participant’s outstanding Cash Iincentive Unit awards. The payment of the Cash Incentive Unit will be made when the Award is otherwise paid to other eligible participants, whether or not the participant is actively employed at the time the payment is scheduled to be made. A participant will be considered actively at work if physically at work or on a Company-approved paid leave of absence.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	In the event of death during an open performance cycle, the award will be pro rated through the date of death based on full calendar months of service and will be paid to the participant’s spouse or designated beneficiaries, or if none, to the participant’s estate. The payment will be made when the award is otherwise paid to other eligible participants.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	If the participant terminates employment under the terms of a written severance agreement but is not otherwise retirement eligible, Cash Incentive Units outstanding for 12 months or more from the date of termination will be paid on a pro-rated basis based on the number of full calendar months of service during the Cycle through the last day of work. The payment will be made when the award is otherwise paid to other eligible participants. Cash Incentive Units outstanding less than 12 months from the date of termination shall be forfeited.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	In the event of a sale, spin-off or outsourcing of a business or business unit, Cash Incentive Units will be paid on a pro-rated basis based on the number of full calendar months of service during the Cycle through the last day of work.	
 	 	 	 	
(D)	Recoupment. In the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial results which consists of a misrepresentation of the financial state of the Company for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Board, or its delegate, may, upon review of the facts and circumstances, take necessary and appropriate actions including adjusting, recouping or forfeiting any	
103

 	 	
 	awards made or paid under this Plan to executive officers during the past 36 months where the payment or award was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently subject of a restatement.	
 	 	
 	In addition the Board, or its delegate, may adjust, recoup or forfeit any award made or paid under this Plan to any employee if the Board, or its delegate, reasonably believes that a Participant has (i) breached a covenant under the Proprietary Interest Protection Agreement (“PIP”) executed by the employee or (ii) engaged in Gross Misconduct, where Gross Misconduct includes (a) the conviction of a felony, or crime of similar magnitude, in connection of the performance or non-performance of the employee’s duties or (b) the willful act or failure to act in a way that results in material injury to the business or its employees. “Material injury” for this purpose means substantial and not inconsequential as determined by the Board or its delegate. The Board, or its delegate, shall determine in its/their sole discretion whether there has been a Gross Misconduct. The board, or its delegate, will take into account the timing and magnitude of the injury to the business in determining the extent of adjustment, recoupment or forfeiture.	
 	 	
(E)	The Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether there has been a Gross Misconduct and the Company’s determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties.	
 	 	
(F)	The provisions of Section 9 will override and take precedence over the provisions of this Section with respect to 162(m) Covered Employees.	
5. CHANGE OF CONTROL
 	 	
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Change of Control occurs, the following provisions shall apply:	
 	 	
(A)	Annual Incentive Awards. A participant, who has previously been notified by the Company that he or she was eligible to receive an Annual Incentive Award for the year in which the Change of Control occurs, shall be paid a target incentive award for the calendar year of the Change of Control. The award shall be paid on the date on which Annual Incentive Awards would otherwise have been paid absent a Change of Control notwithstanding, except if a participant suffers a termination of employment on account of a Change of Control as defined under the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy, such participant shall be paid no later than fifteen (15) days after the participant terminates employment.	
 	 	
(B)	Cash Incentive Units. In the event of a Change of Control, all outstanding Cash Incentive Unit awards shall be valued at target, as established for each outstanding Cycle, and paid on the date on which such Cycle would otherwise be paid absent a Change of Control, except if a participant suffers a termination of employment on account of a Change of Control as defined under the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy, such participant shall be paid no later than fifteen (15) days after the participant terminates employment.	
 	 	
(C)	For purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” and “Termination of Employment” shall be defined as provided in the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy from time to time.	
 	 	
(D)	The foregoing is intended to set forth the minimum amount of Annual Incentive Award and Cash Incentive Unit payments that shall be made in the circumstances described above but are not intended to limit any additional payments that the Committee may desire to make as in its discretion it deems appropriate.	
 	 	
(E)	Any right to a payment as provided in this Section shall be a contract right of the key employees as herein described, enforceable against the Company, its assigns and successors. Upon and following the occurrence of a Change of Control, any decision rendered pursuant to this Section 5 may be contested by any claimant, and the Company agrees to pay, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which a claimant may reasonably incur as a result of any contest, provided the claimant substantially prevails in the outcome thereof.	
6. NO ASSIGNMENT
 	 	
(A)	No award, and no right under any award shall be assignable, alienable, saleable, or transferable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Code (as defined below), or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder; provided however, that if so determined by the Committee, a participant may in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the participant, and to receive any cash distributable, with respect to any award upon the death of the participant. Each award, and each right under any award, shall be issuable or payable only to the participant, or, if permissible under applicable law, to the participant’s guardian or legal representative or to a transferee receiving such award pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order referred to above. No award, and no right under any such award, may be pledged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment, or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any affiliate.	
104

7. ADMINSTRATION
 	 	
(A)	The Plan shall be administered by a committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan (the “Committee”) which shall consist of members of the Board of Directors of the Company who are “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and regulations promulgated thereunder. The Committee shall be composed of not less than the minimum number of outside directors from time to time required by Section 162(m) of the Code.	
 	 	
(B)	The Committee may establish rules for the administration of the Plan and may make administrative decisions regarding the Plan and awards hereunder. The Committee may delegate its functions hereunder to the extent consistent with applicable law.	
 	 	
(C)	Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any award, or any award agreement or certificate shall be with and in the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons, including the Company, any affiliate, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any employee of the Company or of any affiliate.	
8. PLAN AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.
 	 	
(A)	The Committee may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time, provided, however, that if in the judgment of the Committee such amendment or other action would have a material effect on the Plan, such amendment or other action must be taken by the Board of Directors of the Company. No amendment which would materially increase the cost of the Plan shall be made effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company. This Plan may not be amended, suspended or terminated from and after the date of a Change of Control (as defined above) or in anticipation of a Change of Control so as to reduce or otherwise adversely affect the benefits to which participants in the Plan are entitled upon a Change of Control, calculated as of the date of the amendment, suspension or termination. Any termination of the Plan shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable.	
9. SECTION 162(m).
 	 	
(A)	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 9 shall be applicable to awards made under the Plan to “162(m) Covered Employees” and such awards shall be referred to as “162(m) Covered Awards.” (162(m) refers to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.) 162(m) Covered Employees shall consist of employees in compensation Band H and above, or as such similar employees are designated in the future. For purposes of this Section 9 “162(m) Covered Employees” includes participants in the Plan who are or are expected to be, at the time taxable income will be realized with respect to the award, “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.	
 	 	
(B)	162(m) Covered Awards shall be granted subject to the achievement of one or more pre-established objective Performance Goals (as defined below), in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) applicable to “qualified performance-based compensation” and the procedures to be established by the Committee from time to time. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall not have discretion to waive or amend such Performance Goals or to increase the amount payable pursuant to 162 (m) Covered Awards after the Performance Goals have been established. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount which would otherwise be payable with respect to any 162(m) Covered Award, provided that the Change of Control provisions of Section 5 shall override any contrary provisions of this Section 9.	
 	 	
(C)	“Performance Goals” means one or more objective performance goals, established by the Committee at the time an award is granted, and based upon the attainment of targets for one or any combination of the following criteria: operating income, revenues, organic revenue growth, net income, return on operating assets, gross profit, operating profit, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), return on investment, economic value added, earnings per share, return on stockholder equity, total stockholder return, total earnings, income from continuing operations, growth of book or market value of capital stock, stock price, free cash flow, adjusted free cash flow or achievement of cost control, of the Company or such subsidiary, division or affiliate of the Company for or within which the participant is primarily employed. Performance Goals also may be based upon attaining specified levels of Company performance based upon one or more of the criteria described above relative to prior periods or the performance of other corporations. Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Code Section 162(m).	
 	 	
(D)	No payment shall be made pursuant to a 162(m) Covered Award unless and until the Committee shall have certified in writing that the applicable Performance Goals have been attained. Amounts paid on 162(m) Covered Awards to a particular 162(m) Covered Employee during any fiscal year of the Company shall not exceed the maximum amount of $4,000,000 for annual awards and $8,000,000 for Units.	
105

10. SECTION 409A.
 	 	
(A)	It is anticipated that payments under this Plan (except for certain Unit payments after a Change of Control) shall not be subject to Section 409A of the Code as a result of the “short-term deferral” exception set forth in applicable guidance. However, if and to the extent that section 409A of the Code applies to amounts payable under the Plan, distributions may only be made under the Plan upon an event and in a manner permitted by Code Section 409A. To the extent that any provision of the Plan would cause a conflict with any applicable requirements of Code Section 409A, or would cause the administration of the Plan to fail to satisfy the applicable requirements of Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed null and void.	
 	 	
(B)	Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if Section 409A of the Code applies to the Plan and if a participant is a “specified employee,” as defined in Code Section 409A, payment of benefits under this Plan upon termination of employment shall be postponed for six months after termination of employment if required in order to avoid adverse taxation under Code Section 409A. If payment of benefits under the Plan is required to be postponed pursuant to Section 409A, the accumulated amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid in a lump sum payment within fifteen days after the end of the required postponement period along with interest at the Applicable Federal Rate short-term rate on the unpaid balance for the postponement period. If the participant dies during such postponement period prior to the payment of benefits, the amounts withheld on account of Section 409A shall be paid to the participant’s beneficiary determined under Section 6.	
11. WITHHOLDING.
 	 	
(A)	All payments under the Plan shall be subject to applicable tax withholding under various taxing jurisdictions as well as various liens that are legally placed on such payments as determined by the Company.	
12. CONTROLLING LAW.
 	 	
(A)	The Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the state of Connecticut, exclusive of conflict of law provisions thereof, to the extent not preempted by Federal law, which shall otherwise control.	
13. OTHER PLANS; NO RIGHTS
 	 	
(A)	Nothing in the Plan shall prevent a participant from being included in any other employee benefit or stock option or purchase plan of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or from receiving any compensation provided by them. Neither the Plan nor any action taken thereunder shall be understood as giving any person any right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate, nor shall any person (including persons participating for a prior year) be entitled as of right to be selected as a participant in the Plan for any year.	
14. EFFECTIVE DATE
 	 	
(A)	The Plan, as amended and restated herein, shall become effective on October 1, 2007.	
106

EXHIBIT (v)

PITNEY BOWES INC. 2007 STOCK PLAN

Section 1. Purpose.
 	 	
 	The purposes of the Pitney Bowes Inc. Stock Plan, effective as of May 1, 2007, (the “Plan”) are (1) to make available to key employees, certain compensatory arrangements related to the growth in value of the common stock of the Company so as to generate an increased incentive to contribute to the Company’s future financial success and prosperity, (2) to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals whose efforts can affect the financial growth and profitability of the Company, and (3) to align generally the interests of key employees of the Company and its Affiliates with the interests of Pitney Bowes shareholders.	
Section 2. Definitions.
 	 	
 	As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:	

 	(a)	“Affiliate” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by the Company or (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, as determined by the Committee. Aggregation rules set forth in Code Sections 409A and 414(b) and (c) will be used in determining Affiliate status, except that a 50% test, instead of an 80% test, shall be used to determine controlled group status, to the extent not inconsistent with rules of Code Section 409A.	
 	 	 	
 	(b)	“Award” shall mean any Option, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Dividend Equivalent, Stock Appreciation Right, Other Stock-Based Award, Performance Award or Substitute Award, granted under the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(c)	“Award Agreement” shall mean any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document (including electronic communication) specifying the terms and conditions of an Award granted under the Plan, as may from time to time be approved by the Company, to evidence an Award granted under the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(d)	“Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company as it may be composed from time to time.	
 	 	 	
 	(e)	“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor code thereto.	
 	 	 	
 	(f)	“Committee” shall mean the committee designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3. The Board of Directors and the Committee shall each have the authority to delegate its duties under the Plan to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.	
 	 	 	
 	(g)	“Company” shall mean Pitney Bowes Inc., or any successor thereto.	
 	 	 	
 	(h)	“Covered Award” means an Award, other than an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or other Award with an exercise price per Share not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Award, to a Covered Employee, if it is designated as such by the Committee at the time it is granted. Covered Awards are subject to the provisions of Section 14 of this Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(i)	“Covered Employee” means any Participant who is, or who the Committee has determined may be at the time taxable income is realized with respect to an Award, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m).	
 	 	 	
 	(j)	“Disability” shall have the meaning established by the Committee or, in the absence of Committee determination, shall mean a Participant who is “disabled” for two years under the provisions and procedures of the Pitney Bowes Long Term Disability (LTD) Plan, irrespective of whether the Participant is eligible to receive benefits under the LTD Plan, or a Participant entitled to receive benefits for two years under state worker’s compensation laws.	
 	 	 	
 	(k)	“Dividend Equivalent” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(l)	“Dividend Equivalent Shares” shall be Shares issued pursuant to the deemed reinvestment of dividends under Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or other Awards, provided that such Shares shall be subject to the same vesting, risk of forfeiture, deferral or other conditions or restrictions as apply to the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or other Awards as to which they accrue, and to such further conditions or restrictions as the Committee may determine.	
 	 	 	
 	(m)	“Employee” shall mean any employee of the Company or of any Affiliate.	
 	 	 	
 	(n)	“Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. The Fair Market Value of a Share of Company common stock on the date of grant shall be the closing price of a Share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant as reported in the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Table published in the Wall Street Journal. If the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is closed on the date of grant, then Fair Market Value shall be the closing price on the first trading day of the NYSE immediately following the grant date.	
 	 	 	
 	(o)	“Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.	
 	 	 	
 	(p)	“Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an option granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. (q) “Option” shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.	
 	 	 	
 	(r)	“Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean any Award granted under Section 6(d) of the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(s)	“Participant” shall mean an Employee who is granted an Award under the Plan.	
107

 	 	 	
 	(t)	“Performance Award” shall mean any Award granted hereunder that complies with Section 6(e)(ii) of the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(u)	“Performance Goals” means any Qualifying Performance Criteria or such other performance goals based on such corporate (including any subsidiary, division, department or unit), individual or other performance measure as the Committee may from time to time establish.	
 	 	 	
 	(v)	“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or government or political subdivision thereof.	
 	 	 	
 	(w)	“Prior Plan” shall mean the Pitney Bowes Stock Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2002.	
 	 	 	
 	(x)	“Qualifying Performance Criteria” means one or more of the following performance criteria, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to either the Company as a whole or to a business unit, subsidiary, division or department, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, and measured either annually or cumulatively over a period of years, on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to previous year’s results or to a designated comparison group, in each case established by the Committee: operating income, revenues, organic revenue growth, net income, return on operating assets, gross profit, operating profit, earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), return on investment, economic value added, earnings per share, return on stockholder equity, total stockholder return, total earnings, income from continuing operations, growth of book or market value of capital stock, stock price, free cash flow, adjusted free cash flow, or achievement of cost control. Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m).	
 	 	 	
 	(y)	“Released Securities” shall mean Shares issued or issuable under any Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or other Award as to which all conditions for the vesting and issuance of such Shares have expired, lapsed, or been waived.	
 	 	 	
 	(z)	“Restricted Stock” shall mean any Share granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	(aa)	“Restricted Stock Unit” or “RSU” shall mean any right granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan that is denominated in Shares.	
 	 	 	
 	(bb)	“Retirement” shall mean a Participant who has terminated employment on or after attainment of age 55 with at least 10 years of service with the Company or Affiliate as determined under the Pitney Bowes Pension Plan. In certain jurisdictions outside the United States, as noted in the Award Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean eligibility to retire under the local pension plan or state retirement program with at least 10 years of service with the Company or Affiliate.	
 	 	 	
 	(cc)	“Rule 16b-3” shall mean Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, or any successor rule and the regulation thereto.	
 	 	 	
 	(dd)	“Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of the Code or any successor thereto, and the Treasury Regulations there under.	
 	 	 	
 	(ee)	“Share” or “Shares” shall mean share(s) of the common stock of the Company, $1 par value, and such other securities or property as may become the subject of Awards pursuant to the adjustment provisions of Section 4(c).	
 	 	 	
 	(ff)	“Stock Appreciation Rights” or “SARs” shall mean a right granted under Section 6(a) of the Plan that entitles the Participant to receive, in cash or Shares or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee, value equal to or otherwise based on the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares at the time of exercise over (B) the exercise price of the right, as established pursuant to Section 6(a)(i).	
 	 	 	
 	(gg)	“Substitute Award” shall mean an Award granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, an outstanding Award previously granted by a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines.	
Section 3. Administration.
 	 	 	 	
 	(a)	The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Any power of the Committee may also be exercised by the Board of Directors, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or cause an Award designated as a Covered Award not to qualify for treatment as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m). To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board of Directors conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board of Directors’ action shall control. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:	
 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	designate Participants;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant under the Plan;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	determine the terms and conditions of any Award;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(v)	determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be canceled, forfeited, or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(vi)	determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(vii)	interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to the Plan, or any Award made under the Plan, including any Award Agreement;	
108

 	 	 	 	
 	 	(viii)	correct any defect or error, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the administration of the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to effectuate the purposes of the Plan and the related Award;	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ix)	establish, amend, suspend, or reconcile such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(x)	make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any Award, or any Award Agreement, shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time, and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any Employee.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	The Committee may, from time to time, authorize one or more officers of the Company to perform any or all things that the Committee is authorized and empowered to do or perform under the Plan, and for all purposes under this Plan, such officer or officers shall be treated as the Committee; provided, however, that the resolution so authorizing such officer or officers shall specify the total number of Awards (if any) such officer or officers may award pursuant to such delegated authority and any such Award shall be subject to the form of Award Agreement theretofore approved by the Committee. No such officer shall designate himself or herself as a recipient of any Awards granted under authority delegated to such officer. In addition, the Committee may delegate any or all aspects of the day-to-day administration of the Plan to one or more officers or employees of the Company or any subsidiary, and/or to one or more agents.	
Section 4. Shares Available for Awards.
 	 	 	 	
 	(a)	Maximum Shares Available. The maximum number of Shares that may be issued to Participants pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be fifteen million (15,000,000) Shares plus any Shares subject to outstanding Awards under the Prior Plan as of April 30, 2007 that on or after such date cease for any reason to be subject to such Awards (other than by reason of exercise or settlement of the Awards to the extent they are exercised for or settled in vested and nonforfeitable Shares) (collectively, the “Plan Maximum”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) below. Only 7,500,000 Shares may be issued for Awards that are not Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. Pursuant to any Awards, the Company may in its discretion issue treasury Shares or authorized but previously unissued Shares pursuant to Awards hereunder. For the purpose of accounting for Shares available for Awards under the Plan, the following shall apply:	
 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Only Shares relating to Awards actually issued or granted hereunder shall be counted against the Plan Maximum. Shares corresponding to Awards that by their terms expired, or that are forfeited, canceled or surrendered to the Company without consideration paid therefor and Shares subject to Awards, that are settled in cash shall not be counted against the Plan Maximum.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	Shares that are forfeited by a Participant after issuance, or that are reacquired by the Company after issuance without consideration paid therefor, shall be deemed to have never been issued under the Plan and accordingly shall not be counted against the Plan Maximum.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	Substitute Awards and Dividend Equivalent Shares shall be counted against the Plan Maximum, and clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section shall not apply to such Awards.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may not again be made available for issuance under the Plan if such Shares are: (A) Shares that were subject to an Option or a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (B) Shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay the exercise price of an Option or the withholding taxes related to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or (C) Shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an Option exercise.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	Code Limitations. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) below, the maximum number of Shares for which ISOs may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed the Plan Maximum as defined in Section 4(a) above, and the maximum number of Shares that may be the subject of Awards made to a single Participant in any one calendar year shall not exceed 600,000.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	Adjustments to Avoid Dilution. Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) above, in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, split-up or combination of Shares, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or other change in the corporate structure or capitalization affecting the outstanding common stock of the Company, the Committee shall make equitable adjustments to (i) the number or kind of Shares subject to the Plan Maximum that remain subject to outstanding Awards or available for issuance under the Plan, subject to the Plan Maximum as adjusted pursuant to Section 4, (ii) the number and type of Shares subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4(b), (iii) the number and type of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (iv) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award. Such adjustment may include provision for cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award. Any adjustment to the limitations set forth in Section 4(b) shall be made in such manner as to preserve the ability to grant ISOs and Awards that qualify for deductibility under Section 162(m) and any other such adjustment may be designed to comply with applicable provisions of the Code, including without limitation Section 409A, may be designed to treat the Shares available under the Plan and subject to Awards as if they were all outstanding on the record date for such event or transaction or may be designed to increase the number of such Shares available	
109

 	 	
 	under the Plan and subject to Awards to reflect a deemed reinvestment in Shares of the amount distributed to the Company’s security holders in connection with such event or transaction. The determination of the Committee as to the adjustments or payments, if any, to be made shall be conclusive.	
Section 5. Eligibility.
 	 	
 	Any Employee of the Company or of any Affiliate shall be eligible to be designated a Participant.	
Section 6. Awards.
 	 	 	 	
 	(a)	Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine:	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share under an Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that except in the case of Substitute Awards or tandem SARs, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder may have an exercise price of less than 100% of Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	Times and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part; in no event, however, shall the period for exercising an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right extend more than 10 years from the date of grant. The Committee shall also determine the method or methods by which Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, and the form or forms (including without limitation, cash, Shares previously acquired and Shares otherwise issuable under the Option, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price) in which payment of the exercise price of an Option may be made or deemed to have been made. The Committee may also allow cash and cashless exercise of an Option through a registered broker.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6(a), in the case of the grant of an Option intending to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option: (A) if the Participant owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (a “10% Stockholder”), the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option must be at least 110 percent of the Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and the Option must expire within a period of not more than five (5) years from the date of grant, and (B) “termination of employment” will occur when the person to whom an Award was granted ceases to be an employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Company and its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6(a) to the contrary, Options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall not be eligible for treatment under the Code as Incentive Stock Options (and will be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options) to the extent that either (1) the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares (determined as of the time of grant) with respect to which such Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted, or (2) such Options otherwise remain exercisable but are not exercised within three (3) months of termination of employment (or such other period of time provided in Section 422 of the Code).	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs). Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Participants from time to time either in tandem with or as a component of other Awards granted under the Plan (“tandem SARs”) or not in conjunction with other Awards (“freestanding SARs”) and may, but need not, relate to a specific Option granted under this Section 6(a). Any Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Award may be granted at the same time such Award is granted or at any time thereafter before exercise or expiration of such Award. All freestanding SARs shall be granted subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to Options as set forth in this Section 6(a) and all tandem SARs shall have the same exercise price, vesting, exercisability, forfeiture and termination provisions as the Award to which they relate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be settled in cash or stock at the discretion of the Committee.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Subject to Section 4 hereof, the Committee is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units to Participants with the following terms and conditions:	
 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Restrictions. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the Plan to Participants selected by the Committee. Restricted Stock is an Award or issuance of Shares of common stock the grant, issuance, retention, vesting and/or transferability of which is subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, continued employment over a specified period or the attainment of specified performance criteria (including, but not limited to, one or more Qualifying Performance Criteria in accordance with Section 14)), and terms as the Committee deems appropriate, which conditions may lapse separately or concurrently at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate. Restricted Stock Units are Awards denominated in units of common stock under which the issuance of Shares of common stock is subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, continued employment over a specified period or the attainment of specified performance criteria (including, but not limited to, one or more Qualifying Performance Criteria in accordance with Section 14)) and terms as the Committee deems appropriate. Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) any Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units as to which the sole restriction relates to the passage of time and continued employment must	
110

 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	have a restriction period of not less than three years, except that such Award may allow pro-rata vesting during the restriction period and (B) any Award not described in Clause (A) must provide for the lapse of restrictions based on performance criteria and level of achievement versus such criteria over a performance period of not less than one year, except, in the case of both (A) and (B) the Committee may provide for the satisfaction and/or lapse of all restrictions under any such Award in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement or a Change of Control. A Restricted Stock Unit may be settled in cash or Shares as the Committee may determine from time to time.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	Dividend Equivalents. The Committee may (either alone or as a component of any other Award granted under the Plan) grant to Participants Dividend Equivalents under which the holders thereof shall be entitled to receive payments equivalent to dividends with respect to a number of Shares determined by the Committee, and the Committee may provide that such amounts shall be deemed to have been reinvested in Dividend Equivalent Shares or otherwise reinvested.	
 	 	 	
 	(d)	Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Shares (including without limitation securities convertible into Shares), as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.	
 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	If applicable, Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 6(d) shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms, including without limitation cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	In granting any Other Stock-Based Award pursuant to this Section 6(d) the Committee shall also determine what effect the termination of employment of the Participant holding such Award shall have on the rights of the Participant pursuant to the Award.	
 	 	 	 	
 	(e)	General. The following general provisions shall apply to all Awards granted hereunder, subject to the terms of the Plan or any Award Agreement.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Award Agreements. Each Award granted under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement which shall specify the relevant material terms and conditions of the Award and which shall be signed by the Participant receiving such Award (including, if the Committee so permits or requires, through an electronic signature), if so indicated by the Award. The Plan shall govern over any discrepancies between the Plan and the Award Agreement.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	Performance Awards. Subject to the other terms of this Plan, the grant, retention, issuance, payment, release, vesting or exercisability of any Award, in whole or in part, may be conditioned upon the achievement of such performance criteria during such performance periods as are specified by the Committee, which performance criteria may include Qualifying Performance Criteria or other standards of financial performance and/or personal performance.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(A)	Terms. The Committee shall establish the terms and conditions of any Performance Award including the performance criteria to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, any event the occurrence of which will entitle the holder to be deemed to have satisfied the applicable performance criteria, and the amount of any Performance Award granted.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(B)	Fulfillment of Conditions and Payment. The Committee shall determine in a timely manner whether all or part of the conditions to payment of a Performance Award have been fulfilled and, if so, the amount, if any, of the payment to which the Participant is entitled.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	Limits on Transfer of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, no unexercised Stock Option or SAR and no unvested or unearned Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Other Stock-Based Award, and no right under any such Award shall be assignable, alienable, pledgeable, attachable, encumberable, saleable, or transferable by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or, in the case of Awards that are forfeited or canceled, to the Company); and any purported assignment, sale or transfer thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or Affiliate. If the Committee so indicates in writing to a Participant, he or she may designate one or more beneficiaries who may exercise the rights of the Participant and receive any property distributable with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant.

Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	Gift and Estate Transfers.	
 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(A)	Gift. Notwithstanding Section 6(e)(iii) herein to the contrary, the Committee may permit, subject to establishment of appropriate administrative procedures, a Participant to transfer by gift an unexercised Stock option or SAR and/or an unvested or unearned Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or Other Stock-Based Award, provided that the following conditions are met:	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(1)	The donees of the gift transfer are limited to Family Members and Family Entities.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(2)	The Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not further transferable by gift or otherwise by such Family Member or Family Entity.	
111

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(3)	All rights appurtenant to the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, including exercise rights, are irrevocably and unconditionally assigned to the donee.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(4)	Transfers under this Section 6(e)(iv) must meet all of the requirements under applicable provisions of the Code to be considered “gift” transfers.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(5)	The donor and the donee have executed such form of agreement as the Committee may require pursuant to which each agree to be subject to such terms and conditions with respect to the transferred Award as the Committee may specify.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(6)	Except to the extent specified otherwise in the agreement the Committee provides for the Participant and transferee to execute, all vesting, exercisability and forfeiture provisions that are conditioned on the Participant’s continued employment or service shall continue to be determined with reference to the Participant’s employment or service (and not to the status of the transferee) after any transfer of an Award pursuant to this Section 6(e)(iv), and the responsibility to pay any taxes in connection with an Award shall remain with the Participant notwithstanding any transfer other than by will or intestate succession.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	For purposes of the Plan, the following definitions shall apply:	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(i)	Family Member means the Participant’s natural or adopted child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, nephew, niece and any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee); and	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	(ii)	Family Entity means any trust in which the Participant has more than a 50% beneficial interest and any entity in which the Participant and/or a Family Member owns more than 50% of the voting interests.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(B)	Estate. In the case of death, Awards made hereunder may be transferred to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate or the Participant’s heirs by will or the laws of descent and distribution.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(v)	No Cash Consideration for Awards. Awards may be granted for no cash consideration, or for such minimal cash consideration as the Committee may specify, or as may be required by applicable law.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(vi)	Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or, subject to Section 8(a), in substitution for any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards. Performance Awards and Awards which are not Performance Awards may be granted to the same Participant.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(vii)	Forms of Payment Under Awards. Subject to the terms of the Plan and of any applicable Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise, or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the Committee expressly provides otherwise, with specific reference to this provision, the payment terms for any Award shall be implemented in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(viii)	Term of Awards. Except as provided in Sections 6(a)(ii) or 7(b), the term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ix)	Share Certificates. All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any applicable Federal or state securities laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. Unrestricted certificates representing Shares, evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall deem appropriate, which may include recording Shares on the stock records of the Company or by crediting Shares in an account established on the Participant’s behalf with a brokerage firm or other custodian, in each case as determined by the Company, shall be delivered to the holder of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or any other relevant Award after such restricted Shares shall become Released Securities, subject to any delay in order to provide the Company such time as it determined appropriate to address tax withholding and other administrative matters.	
112

Section 7. Vesting and Exercising.
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(a)	Generally. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Award Agreement shall designate the terms under which the Award vests and/or is exercisable according to terms and conditions authorized by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, any reference to the “vesting” of an Option shall mean any events or conditions which, if satisfied, entitle a Participant to exercise an Option or a SAR with respect to all or a portion of the Shares covered by the Option or a SAR. Vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or a Restricted Stock Unit shall mean any events or conditions which, if satisfied, entitle the Participant to the underlying stock certificate without restrictions (or cash as the case may be). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company reserves the right to make Awards representing up to 5% of the total Shares issued under the Plan that are fully vested upon the making of the Award. Moreover the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate vesting of an Award made hereunder on account of a Termination with Conditions Imposed as described under Section 7(b)(iii) or following a Change of Control as discussed in Section 9 herein. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A of the Code, an Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code shall not be accelerated.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee specifies otherwise, either at the time of grant or thereafter, the following rules govern Awards upon a Participant’s termination of employment:	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Death, Disability and Retirement. The Committee may in its discretion provide for an additional exercise period beyond the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement (but in any case, not longer than the original term of the Award) and may establish such vesting requirement relating to the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement as the Committee in its discretion may determine.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(A)	Options and SARs. In the event that a Participant terminates employment on account of death, Disability or Retirement, Options and SARs granted hereunder shall be exercisable only as specified below:	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(1)	Options and SARs Granted On or After January 1, 2002 through April 30, 2007. On or after January 1, 2002 through April 30, 2007, at the time of making the Award, the Committee may in its discretion provide for an additional exercise period beyond the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement (but in any case not longer than the original term of the Award) and may establish such vesting requirements relating to the Participant’s death, Disability, and Retirement as the Committee in its discretion may determine. Any additional exercise period beyond the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement (as contemplated by this paragraph) shall be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(2)	Options Granted On or After October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2001. On or after October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2001, the Committee may in its discretion grant Options with such terms and conditions as it may determine pursuant to the Plan; provided, however, that such terms and conditions are not required to be consistent with Section 7(b)(i)(A) as in effect prior to October 1, 2000 or Section 7(b)(iv).	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(3)	Options Granted On or After January 1, 1999 through September 30, 2000. If a Participant dies, becomes disabled or retires, any outstanding Option granted to such a Participant on or after January 1, 1999 through September 30, 2000, whether or not full or partial vesting has occurred with respect to such Option at the time of the death, Disability or Retirement, shall be exercisable during the ten (10) year period beginning on the date of grant (or during such shorter period if the original term is less than ten (10) years) even though death, Disability or Retirement occurs prior to the last day of such option term. Any vesting requirements under the Option shall be deemed to be satisfied as of the date of death, Disability, or Retirement.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	(4)	Options Granted Prior to January 1, 1999. If a Participant dies, becomes disabled or retires, any outstanding Option granted to such Participant prior to January 1, 1999, whether or not full or partial vesting has occurred with respect to such Option at the time of death, Disability or Retirement, shall be exercisable for four (4) years (or during such shorter period if the remaining term of the Option is less than four (4) years) following the death, Disability, or Retirement unless the Committee has, in its sole discretion, established a special exercise period following the occurrence of such events. Any vesting requirements under the Option shall remain in effect during the exercise period following the Participant’s death, Disability, or Retirement.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(B)	Restricted Stock and RSUs. The Award Agreement shall set forth vesting provisions applicable to Restricted Stock and RSU Awards upon the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement. The Committee may waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units and vest the Awards upon the Participant’s death, Disability or Retirement.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(C)	Dividend Equivalents and Other Awards. In the event the Participant’s employment terminates because of death, Disability or Retirement, the Committee may determine that the Participant’s rights to Dividend Equivalents and Other Stock-Based Awards terminate at a later date. The Committee, in its sole discretion at the time of making such Awards, may set forth special vesting rules with respect to Dividend	
113

 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Equivalents and Other Stock-Based Awards on account of the death, Disability or Retirement of a Participant.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	Sale of Business, Spin off Transactions. In the case of a sale of business or a spin off transaction the Committee shall determine the treatment of all outstanding Awards, including without limitation, determining the vesting terms, conversion of Shares and continued exercisability. Unless otherwise provided for by the Committee, in the event the “business unit” (defined as a division, subsidiary, unit or other delineation that the Committee in its sole discretion may determine) for which the Participant performs substantially all of his or her services is spun off by the Company or an Affiliate in a transaction that qualifies as a tax-free distribution of stock under Section 355 of the Code, or is assigned, sold, outsourced or otherwise transferred, including an asset, stock or joint venture transaction, to an unrelated third party, such that after such transaction the Company owns or controls directly or indirectly less than 51% of the business unit, the affected Participant shall become: 100% vested in all outstanding Awards as of the date of the closing of such transaction, whether or not fully or partially vested, and such Participant shall be entitled to exercise such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights during the three (3) months following the closing of such transaction, unless the Committee has established an additional exercise period (but in any case not longer than the original option term). All Options and Stock Appreciation Rights which are unexercised at the end of such three (3) months or such additional exercise period shall be automatically forfeited.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	Terminations with Conditions Imposed. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions describing the additional exercise and vesting periods for Awards upon termination of employment, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, condition the right of a Participant to vest or exercise any portion of a partially vested or exercisable Award for which the Committee has established at the time of making the Award an additional vesting or exercise period on the Participant’s agreement to adhere to such conditions and stipulations which the Committee may impose, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the solicitation of employees or independent contractors, disclosure of confidential information, covenants not to compete, refraining from denigrating through adverse or disparaging communication, written or oral, whether or not true, the operations, business, management, products or services of the Company or its current or former employees and directors, including without limitation, the expression of personal views, opinions or judgments. The unvested Awards of any Participant for whom the Committee at the time of making the Award has given an additional vesting and exercise period subject to such conditions subsequent as set forth in this Section 7(b)(iii) shall be forfeited immediately upon a breach of such conditions.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	Termination for Other Reasons. If a Participant terminates employment for reasons other than those enumerated above, the following rules shall apply.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(A)	Options and SARs. Any vested, unexercised portion of an Option or SAR at the time of the termination shall be forfeited in its entirety if not exercised by the Participant within three (3) months of the date of termination of employment, unless the Committee has in its sole discretion at the time of making the Award established an additional exercise period (but in any case not longer than the original option term). Any portion of such partially vested Option or SAR that is not vested at the time of termination shall be forfeited unless the Committee has in its sole discretion at the time of making the Award established that a Participant may continue to satisfy the vesting requirements beyond the date of his or her termination of employment. Any outstanding Option or SAR granted to a Participant terminating employment other than for death, Disability or Retirement, for which no vesting has occurred at the time of the termination shall be forfeited on the date of termination and the Committee shall have no discretion to extend the exercise period of such Option or SAR.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(B)	Restricted Stock and RSUs. All unvested Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, or any unvested portion thereof, still subject to restrictions shall be forfeited upon termination of employment and reacquired by the Company.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(C)	Dividend Equivalents and Other Stock-Based Awards. Any Dividend Equivalents or unvested portion of Other Stock-Based Awards made hereunder shall be forfeited upon termination of employment.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	Forfeiture of Awards	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if at any time (including after a notice of exercise has been delivered) the Committee, including any subcommittee or administrator authorized pursuant to Section 3(c) (any such person, an “Authorized Officer”), reasonably believes that a Participant has engaged in Gross Misconduct as defined in this Section, the Authorized Officer may suspend the Participant’s right to exercise any Stock Option or SAR or receive Shares under any other Award pending a determination of whether the Participant has engaged in Gross Misconduct. If the Committee or an Authorized Officer determines a Participant has engaged in Gross Misconduct, as defined herein, (including any Participant who may otherwise qualify for Disability or Retirement status), the Participant shall forfeit all outstanding Awards, whether vested or unvested, as of the date such Gross Misconduct occurs. In addition, the Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to recoupment upon the occurrence of Gross Misconduct. For purposes of the Plan, Gross Misconduct shall be defined to mean (1) the Participant’s conviction	
114

 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	of a felony (or crime of similar magnitude in non-U.S. jurisdictions) in connection with the performance or nonper-formance of the Participant’s duties or (2) the Participant’s willful act or failure to act in a way that results in material injury to the business or reputation of the Company or employees of the Company. “Material injury” for this purpose means substantial and not inconsequential as determined by the Committee, or its delagee. For this purpose there is no intended similarity between “Material Injury” and the accounting or securities standard of “materiality.”	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	The Committee in its sole discretion may forfeit any outstanding Award on account of a Participant’s violation of the terms of the Proprietary Interest Protection Agreement or similar agreement signed by the Participant which prohibits the Participant’s assignment of intellectual property, transmission of confidential information, competition or solicitation of employees or business.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	In the event of a restatement of the Company’s financial results which consists of a misrepresentation of the financial state of the Company for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Board, or its delegate, may, upon review of the facts and circumstances, take necessary and appropriate actions including adjusting, recouping or forfeiting any awards made or paid under this Plan to executive officers during the past 36 months where the payment or award was predicated upon the achievement of certain financial results that were subsequently subject of a restatement.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(d)	Withholding. To the extent required by applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant (including the Participant to whom an Award that has been transferred was originally granted) or in the case of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s estate or beneficiary, shall be required to satisfy, in a manner satisfactory to the Company, any withholding tax obligations that arise by reason of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise, disposition of Shares issued under an Incentive Stock Option, the vesting of or settlement of an Award, an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or otherwise with respect to an Award. The Company and its Affiliates shall not be required to issue Shares, make any payment or to recognize the transfer or disposition of Shares until such obligations are satisfied. The Company or any Affiliate may withhold from any Award granted or any payment due or transfer made under any Award or under the Plan the amount (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property) of withholding Federal, state or local taxes due in respect of an Award, but no more than the minimum tax withholding required to comply with such law, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under such Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or Affiliate to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(e)	Registration, Repricing and Reload.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Registration. Any Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner, as the Committee may deem appropriate, including without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a stock certificate or certificates. In the event any stock certificate is issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	No Repricing. Other than in connection with a change in the Company’s capitalization (as described in Section 4(c) of the Plan), the exercise price of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be reduced without stockholder approval.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	No Reload Grants. Options shall not be granted under the Plan in consideration for and shall not be conditioned upon the delivery of Shares to the Company in payment of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligation under any other employee stock option.	
Section 8. Amendment and Termination of Awards.
 	 	
 	Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan, the following shall apply to all Awards.	

 	(a)	Amendments to Awards. Subject to Section 7, the Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award heretofore granted without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or beneficiary of an Award. No such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination may be made that would be adverse to the holder of such Award may be made without such holder’s consent, provided that no such consent shall be required with respect to any amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination if the Committee determines in its sole discretion that such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination either (i) is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Award to satisfy or conform to any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of any accounting standard, or (ii) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award, or that any such diminishment has been adequately compensated. Subject to the foregoing, the Committee shall not waive any condition or rights under, amend any terms or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate any Award if such action would result in the imposition on the Award of the additional tax provided for under Section 409A of the Code.	
 	 	 	
 	(b)	Adjustments of Awards Upon Certain Acquisitions. In the event the Company or an Affiliate shall issue Substitute Awards, the Committee may make such adjustments, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, in the terms of Awards	
115

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	as it shall deem appropriate in order to achieve reasonable comparability or other equitable relationship between the assumed Awards and the Substitute Awards granted under the Plan.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	(c)	No amendment, modification or termination shall accelerate the payment date of any Award constituting nonqualified deferred compensation subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, except to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code without the imposition of the additional tax provided for under Section 409A of the Code.	
Section 9. Acceleration Upon a Change of Control.
 	 	
 	In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9(b) below), the following shall apply:	

 	(a)	Effect on Awards. If a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment (as defined in the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy (as amended from time to time)), whether or not the Participant is then covered by the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy (as amended from time to time) within two years after a Change of Control, or if a Participant is terminated before a Change of Control at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control and a Change of Control subsequently occurs, then upon the later to occur of such Termination of Employment or Change of Control (such later event, the “Triggering Event”):	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(i)	Options and SARs. All Options and SARs outstanding on the date of such Triggering Event shall become immediately and fully exercisable without regard to any vesting schedule provided for in the Option or SAR.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(ii)	Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. On the date of such Triggering Event, all restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit shall terminate and be deemed to be fully satisfied for the entire stated restricted period of any such Award, and the total number of underlying Shares shall become Released Securities.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iii)	Dividend Equivalents. On the date of such Triggering Event, the holder of any outstanding Dividend Equivalent shall be entitled to surrender such Award to the Company and to receive payment of an amount equal to the amount that would have been paid over the remaining term of the Dividend Equivalent, as determined by the Committee.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(iv)	Other Stock-Based Awards. On the date of such Triggering Event, all outstanding Other Stock-Based Awards of whatever type shall become immediately vested and payable in an amount that assumes that the Awards were outstanding for the entire period stated therein, as determined by the Committee.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(v)	Performance Awards. On the date of such Triggering Event, Performance Awards for all performance periods, including those not yet completed, shall immediately become fully vested and payable in accordance with the following:	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(A)	The total amount of Performance Awards conditioned on nonfinancial Performance Goals shall be immediately payable (or exercisable or released, as the case may be) as if the Performance Goals had been fully achieved for the entire performance period.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	(B)	For Performance Awards conditioned on financial Performance Goals and payable in cash, the amount payable under such Award shall be the higher of (i) target performance and (ii) performance achieved through the end of the last fiscal quarter prior to the Triggering event as if satisfied for the entire performance period.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(vi)	The Committee’s determination of amounts payable under this Section 9(a) shall be final. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9(a)(i), any amounts due under this Section 9(a) shall be paid to Participants within 30 days after such Triggering Event.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	(vii)	The provisions of this Section 9(a) shall not be applicable to any Award granted to a Participant if the Change of Control results from such Participant’s beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of Shares or other Company common stock or Company voting securities as a Participant in a transaction described in (b) below.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	(b)	Change of Control Defined. Unless the Committee specifies otherwise, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under the terms and conditions outlined in the Pitney Bowes Senior Executive Severance Policy (as amended from time to time). However, that, as to any Award under the Plan that consists of deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, the definition of “Change of Control” shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A.	
Section 10. Amendment or Termination of the Plan.
 	 	
 	Except to the extent limited under Section 14 herein, prohibited by applicable law or otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan, the Board of Directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan, including without limitation any such action to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan, without the consent of any stockholder, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or Person; provided that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant, or any other holder or beneficiary of any Award heretofore granted shall not be effective without the approval of the affected Participant(s); and provided further, that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made that would:	

 	(a)	increase the total number of Shares available for Awards under the Plan, except as provided in Section 4 hereof;	
 	 	 	
 	(b)	reduce the price at which Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted below the price provided for in Section 6(a)(i);	
116

 	 	 	
 	(c)	reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights;	
 	 	 	
 	(d)	extend the term of this Plan;	
 	 	 	
 	(e)	change the class of persons eligible to be Participants;	
 	 	 	
 	(f)	otherwise amend the Plan in any manner requiring stockholder approval by law or under the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements; or	
 	 	 	
 	(g)	increase the individual maximum limits in Section 4.	
Section 11. General Provisions
 	 	 	
 	(a)	Conditions and Restrictions Upon Securities Subject to Awards. The Committee may provide that the Shares issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or otherwise subject to or issued under an Award shall be subject to such further agreements, restrictions, conditions or limitations as the Committee in its discretion may specify prior to the exercise of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right or the grant, vesting or settlement of such Award, including without limitation, conditions on vesting or transferability, forfeiture or repurchase provisions and method of payment for the Shares issued upon exercise, vesting or settlement of such Award (including the actual or constructive surrender of Shares already owned by the Participant) or payment of taxes arising in connection with an Award. Without limiting the foregoing, such restrictions may address the timing and manner of any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued under an Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy or pursuant to applicable law, (ii) restrictions designed to delay and/or coordinate the timing and manner of sales by Participant and holders of other Company equity compensation arrangements, (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm for such resales or other transfers and (iv) provisions requiring Shares to be sold on the open market or to the Company in order to satisfy tax withholding or other obligations.	
 	 	 	
 	(b)	Compliance with Laws and Regulations. This Plan, the grant, issuance, vesting, exercise and settlement of Awards thereunder, and the obligation of the Company to sell, issue or deliver Shares under such Awards, shall be subject to all applicable foreign, Federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, stock exchange rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to register in a Participant’s name or deliver any Shares prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any foreign, Federal, state or local law or any ruling or regulation of any government body which the Committee shall determine to be necessary or advisable. To the extent the Company is unable to or the Committee deems it not appropriate or infeasible to obtain authorization from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authorization is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, or otherwise to satisfy the legal requirements in an applicable jurisdiction in a manner consistent with the intention of the Plan or any Award under the Plan, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be relieved of any liability with respect to the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. No Option or stock-settled Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable and no Shares shall be issued and/or transferable under any other Award unless a registration statement with respect to the Shares underlying such Option or Stock Appreciation Rights is effective and current or the Company has determined that such registration is unnecessary.	
 	 	 	
 	(c)	No Rights to Awards. No Employee, Participant or other Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Employees, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant.	
 	 	 	
 	(d)	No Limit on Other Compensation Agreements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.	
 	 	 	
 	(e)	No Right to Employment. The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.	
 	 	 	
 	(f)	Governing Law. The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware and applicable Federal law.	
 	 	 	
 	(g)	Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, Person, or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.	
 	 	 	
 	(h)	No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.	
117

 	 	 	
 	(i)	No Fractional Shares. No fractional Share shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.	
 	 	 	
 	(j)	Headings. Headings are given to the sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.	
Section 12. Effective Date of the Plan.
 	 	
 	The Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on February 12, 2007 and shall have an effective date of May 1, 2007, subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company at the May 2007 stockholders’ meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Plan provisions that contain an effective date other than May 1, 2007 shall be governed by such other effective date.	
Section 13. Term of the Plan.
 	 	
 	No Award shall be granted under the Plan after December 31, 2014. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee hereunder to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board of Directors of the Company to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond such date.	
Section 14. Participants Subject to Sections 162(m) and 409A.
 	 	 	
 	(a)	The provisions of this Section 14 shall be applicable to all Covered Awards. Covered Awards shall be made subject to the achievement of one or more preestablished Performance Goals, in accordance with procedures to be established by the Committee from time to time. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall not have discretion to waive or amend such Performance Goals or to increase the number of Shares subject to Covered Awards or the amount payable pursuant to Covered Awards after the Performance Goals have been established; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, reduce the number of Shares subject to Covered Awards or the amount which would otherwise be payable pursuant to Covered Awards; and provided, further, that the provisions of Section 8 shall override any contrary provision of this Section 14.	
 	 	 	
 	(b)	No Shares shall be delivered and no payment shall be made pursuant to a Covered Award unless and until the Committee shall have certified in writing that the applicable Performance Goals have been attained.	
 	 	 	
 	(c)	To the extent consistent with Section 162(m), the Committee (A) shall appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to eliminate the effects of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and all items of gain, loss or expense determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or related to the disposal of a segment or a business or related to a change in accounting principle all as determined in accordance with standards established by opinion No. 30 of the Accounting Principles Board (APB Opinion No. 30) or other applicable or successor accounting provisions, as well as the cumulative effect of accounting changes, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or identified in the Company’s financial statements, including the notes thereto, and (B) may appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a performance period: (i) asset write-downs, (ii) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law or other such laws or provisions affecting reported results, (iv) accruals for reorganization and restructuring programs and (v) accruals of any amounts for payment under this Plan or any other compensation arrangement maintained by the Company.	
 	 	 	
 	(d)	Section 409A Compliance. Awards under the Plan are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and all Awards shall be interpreted in accordance with such section and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that any Award may or does not comply with Section 409A of the Code, the Company may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the affected Award (without Participant consent) or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt any Award from the application of Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to such Award, or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may from time to time establish procedures pursuant to which Covered Employees will be permitted or required to defer receipt of amounts payable under Awards made under the Plan; provided, however, that any such deferral shall be implemented in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent applicable.	
 	 	 	
 	(e)	Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, for all purposes involving Covered Awards, the Committee shall consist of at least two members of the Board of Directors, each of whom is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m).	
118

EXHIBIT (31.1)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
 	 	 	
I, Murray D. Martin, certify that:	
 	 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;	
 	 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;	
 	 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;	
 	 	 	
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	 	
 	a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;	
 	 	 	
 	b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	 	
 	c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	 	
 	d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	 	
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	 	
 	a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	 	
 	b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: February 26, 2010	
 	 	
/s/ Murray D. Martin	 	

	 	
Murray D. Martin	 	
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	
119

EXHIBIT (31.2)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
 	 	 	
I, Michael Monahan, certify that:	
 	 	 	
1.	I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;	
 	 	 	
2.	Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;	
 	 	 	
3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;	
 	 	 	
4.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	
 	 	 	
 	a.	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;	
 	 	 	
 	b.	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 	 	 	
 	c.	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and	
 	 	 	
 	d.	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
 	 	 	
5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	
 	 	 	
 	a.	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 	 	 	
 	b.	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	

Date: February 26, 2010	
 	 	
/s/ Michael Monahan	 	

	 	
Michael Monahan	 	
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
120

EXHIBIT (32.1)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
 	 	 	
I, Murray D. Martin, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify that, to the best of my knowledge:	
 	 	 	
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and	
 	 	 	
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

/s/ Murray D. Martin	 	

	 	
Murray D. Martin	 	
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	
February 26, 2010	 	
121

EXHIBIT (32.2)

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.
 	 	 	
I, Michael Monahan, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify that, to the best of my knowledge:	
 	 	 	
 	(1)	The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and	
 	 	 	
 	(2)	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	

/s/ Michael Monahan	 	

	 	
Michael Monahan	 	
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	
February 26, 2010	 	
122